6200 Service Manual Book

PHASER® 6200
COLOR LASER PRINTER
Service Manual
Warning
The following servicing instructions are for
use by qualified service personnel only. To
avoid personal injury, do not perform any
servicing other than that contained in the
operating instructions, unless you are qualified
to do so.
First Printing: March 2002

071-0784-00
Copyright © 2002, Xerox Corporation. Printed in the United States of America. All rights
reserved.
Contents of this publication may not be reproduced in any form without permission of
Xerox Corporation.
Xerox, and all product names and product numbers mentioned in this publication are
trademarks.
Other marks are trademarks or registered trademarks of the companies with which they
are associated.
MP
RJ
ii Phaser 6200 Color Laser Printer - Service Manual

Service Terms
Manual Terms
Various terms are used throughout this manual to either provide additional information on
a specific topic or to warn of possible danger that might be present during a procedure or
action. Be aware of all symbols and terms when they are used, and always read NOTE,
CAUTION and WARNING messages.
Note: A NOTE may indicate an operating or maintenance

procedure, practice or condition that is necessary to
efficiently accomplish a task.
A NOTE may also provide additional information related to a
specific subject or add a comment on the results achieved
through a previous action.
Caution A CAUTION indicates an operating or maintenance
procedure, practice or condition that, if not strictly
observed, could result in damage to, or destruction of,
equipment.
Warning: A WARNING indicates an operating, or maintenance
procedure, practice or condition that, if not strictly
observed, could result in injury or loss of life.
PL: Correspondes to the FRU Parts List.
RRP: Correspondes to the FRU Dissassembly Removal and Replacement
Procedures.
Product Terms
Caution: A personal injury hazard exists that may not be apparent. For
example, a panel may cover the hazardous area.
Danger: A personal injury hazard exists in the area where you see the sign.
iii
Power Safety Precautions
Power source
For 110 VAC printers, do not apply more than 140 volts RMS between the supply
conductors or between either supply conductor and ground. Use only the specified power
cord and connector. For 220 VAC printers, do not apply more than 264 volts RMS
between the supply conductors or between either supply conductor and ground. Use only
the specified power cord. This manual assumes that the reader is a qualified service
technician.
Warning: Plug the three-wire power cord (with grounding prong)

into a grounded AC outlet only. If necessary, contact a
licensed electrician to install a properly grounded outlet. If
the product loses its ground connection, contact with
conductive parts may cause an electrical shock.
Disconnecting Power
Warning: Turning the power off using the On/Off switch does not
completely de-engergize the printer. You must also
disconnect the printer power cord from the AC outlet.
Position the power cord so that it is easily accessible during
servicing so that you may power down the printer during
an emergency.
Disconnect the power plug by pulling the plug, not the cord. Disconnect the power cord in
the following cases:
■ if the power cord or plug is frayed or otherwise damaged,
■ if any liquid or foreign material is spilled into the case,
■ if the printer is exposed to any excess moisture,
■ if the printer is dropped or damaged,
■ if you suspect that the product needs servicing or repair,
■ whenever you clean the product.
iv Phaser 6200 Color Laser Printer - Service Manual

Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Precautions
Some semiconductor components , and the respective sub-assemblies that contain them,
are vulnerable to damage by Electrostatic discharge (ESD). These components include
Integrated Circuits (ICs), Large-Scale Integrated circuits (LSIs), field-effect transistors
and other semiconductor chip components. The following techniques will reduce the
occurrence of component damage caused by static electricity.
Caution Be sure the power is off to the chassis or circuit board, and
observe all other safety precautions.
■ Immediately before handling any semiconductor components assemblies, drain the
electrostatic charge from your body. This can be accomplished by touching an earth
ground source or by wearing a wrist strap device connected to an earth ground source.
Wearing a wrist strap will also prevent accumulation of additional bodily static charges.
(Be sure to remove the wrist strap before applying power to the unit under test to avoid
potential shock.)
■ After removing a static sensitive assembly from its anti-static bag, place it on
a grounded conductive surface. If the anti-static bag is conductive, you may
ground the bag and use it as a conductive surface.
■ Do not use freon-propelled chemicals. These can generate electrical charges
sufficient to damage some devices.
■ Do not remove a replacement component or electrical sub-assembly from its
protective package until you are ready to install it.
■ Immediately before removing the protective material from the leads of a
replacement device, touch the protective material to the chassis or circuit
assembly into which the device will be installed.
■ Minimize body motions when handling unpackaged replacement devices.
Motion such as your clothes brushing together, or lifting a foot from a
carpeted floor can generate enough static electricity to damage an
electro-statically sensitive device
■ Handle IC’s and EPROM’s carefully to avoid bending pins.
■ Pay attention to the direction of parts when mounting or inserting them on
Printed Circuit Boards (PCB’s).
v
Service Safety Summary
General Guidelines
For qualified service personnel only: Refer also to the preceding Power Safety
Precautions.
Avoid servicing alone: Do not perform internal service or adjustment of this product
unless another person capable of rendering first aid or resuscitation is present.
Use care when servicing with power: Dangerous voltages may exist at several
points in this product. To avoid personal injury, do not touch exposed connections and
components while power is on. Disconnect power before removing the power supply
shield or replacing components.
Do not wear jewelry: Remove jewelry prior to servicing. Rings, necklaces and other
metallic objects could come into contact with dangerous voltages and currents.
Power source: This product is intended to operate from a power source that will not
apply more then 264 volts rms for a 220 volt AC outlet or 140 volts rms for a 110 volt
AC outlet between the supply conductors or between either supply conductor and
ground. A protective ground connection by way of the grounding conductor in the
power cord is essential for safe operation.
Warning Labels
Read and obey all posted warning labels. Throughout the printer, warning labels are
displayed on potentially dangerous components. As you service the printer, check to
make certain that all warning labels remain in place.
Safety Interlocks
Make sure covers and panel are in place and that all interlock switches are
functioning correctly after you have completed a printer service call. If you bypass an
interlock switch during a service call, use extreme caution when working on or
around the printer.
CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT
The Phaser® 6200 Color Laser Printer is certified to comply with Laser Product
Performance Standards set by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services as a
Class 1 Laser Product. This means that this is a class of laser product that does not emit
hazardous laser radiation; this is possible only because the laser beam is totally enclosed
during all modes of customer operation. When servicing the printer or laser unit, follow
the procedures specified in this manual and there will be no hazards from the laser.
vi Phaser 6200 Color Laser Printer - Service Manual

Servicing Electrical Components
Before starting any service procedure, switch off the printer power and unplug the
power cord from the wall outlet. If you must service the printer with power applied,
be aware of the potential for electrical shock.
Warning: Turning the power off using the On/Off switch does not
completely de-energize the printer. You must also
disconnect the printer power cord from the AC outlet.
Position the power cord so that it is easily accessible during
servicing so that you may power down the printer during
an emergency.
Warning: Do not touch any electrical component unless you are
instructed to do so by a service procedure.
S7300-02
Servicing Mechanical Components

Manually rotate drive assemblies to inspect sprockets and gears.
Warning: Do not try to manually rotate or manually stop the drive
assemblies while any printer motor is running.
S7300-03
Servicing Fuser Components

Warning: This printer uses heat to fuse the toner image to a sheet of
paper. The Fuser Assembly is very hot. Turn the printer
power off and wait at least 5 minutes for the Fuser to cool
before you attempt to service the Fuser Assembly or
adjacent components.
vii
Regulatory Specifications
Federal Communications Commission Compliance
The equipment described in this manual generates and uses radio frequency energy. If
it is not installed properly in strict accordance with Xerox instructions, it may cause
interference with radio and television reception or may not function properly due to
interference from another device. However, there is no guarantee that interference
will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful
interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one
or more of the following measures:
■ Reorient or relocate the receiver (device being interfered with).
■ Increase the separation between the printer and the receiver.
■ Connect the printer into an outlet on a circuit different from that which the
receiver is connected.
■ Route the interface cables on the printer away from the receiver
■ Consult the dealer, Xerox service, or an experienced radio/television
technician for help.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by Xerox can affect the emission
and immunity compliance and could void the user's authority to operate this product.
To ensure compliance, use shielded interface cables. A shielded parallel cable can be
purchased directly from Xerox at www.xerox.com/officeprinting/6200supplies.
Xerox has tested this product to internationally accepted electromagnetic emission
and immunity standards. These standards are designed to mitigate interference caused
or received by this product in a normal office environment. This product is also
suitable for use in a residential environment based on the levels tested.
In the United States this product complies with the requirements of an unintentional
radiator in part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference; (2) this device must
accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions
from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian
Department of Communications, ICES-003.
Le présent appareil numérique n'émet pas de bruits radioélectrique dépassant les
limits applicables aux appareils numériques de la classe B prescrites dans le
Réglement sur le brouillage radioélectrique édicté par le ministere des
Communications du Canada, NMB-003.
Declaration of Conformity
Xerox Corporation, declares, under our sole responsibility that the printer to which
this declaration relates, is in conformity with the following standards and other
normative documents:
viii Phaser 6200 Color Laser Printer - Service Manual

In the European Union
following the provisions of the Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC and its
amendments:
EN 60950 (IEC 950) "Safety of Information Technology Equipment including Electrical

Business Equipment"
following the provisions of the Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 89/336/EEC

and its amendments:
EN55022:1998 "Limits and Methods of measurement of radio interference

characteristics of Information Technology Equipment." Class B.
(CISPR 22)
EN61000-3-2:1995 “Part 3: Limits - Section 2: Limits for harmonic current emissions

+A1:1998+A2:1998. (equipment input current less than or equal to 16A per phase).”
(IEC61000-3-2)
EN61000-3-3:1995 “Part 3: Limits - Section 3: Limitation of voltage fluctuations and

(IEC61000-3-3) flicker in low-voltage supply systems for equipment with rated
current less than or equal to 16A.”
EN55024:1998 "Information technology equipment - Immunity characteristics -

Limits and methods of measurement. "
(CISPR 24)
CISPR 24 Immunity Basic Standard Test Specification

Phenomena
Electrostatic Discharge IEC61000-4-2:1995 6kV Contact, 10kV Air
Radio-Frequency IEC61000-4-3:1995 80-1000 MHz, 3V/m, 80% AM @

Electromagnetic Field 1KHz
(radiated)
Fast Burst Transients IEC61000-4-4:1995 5/50 Tr/Th ns, 5kHz Rep. Freq
0.5kV on Signal Lines
1kV on AC Mains
Line Surge IEC61000-4-5:1995 Combination wave

2.0kV Common mode
2.0kV Differential mode
Radio-Frequency IEC61000-4-6:1996 0.15 - 80 MHz, 3V, 80% AM @ 1kHz

Electromagnetic Field
(Conducted)
Line voltage dips IEC61000-4-11:1994 >95% dip for ½ cycle @ 50 Hz

30% dip for 25 cycles @ 50 Hz
Line voltage drop-out IEC61000-4-11:1994 >95% dropout for 250 cycles @ 50 Hz
This product, if used properly in accordance with the user's instructions is neither
dangerous for the consumer nor for the environment. A signed copy of the
Declaration of Conformity for this product can be obtained from Xerox.
ix
Manual Organization
This Service Manual contains technical information for the Phaser 6200 Color Laser
Printer, as well as complete Error Messages and Codes, Diagnostics,
Disassembly/Reassembly (RRPs) procedures and a complete Field Replaceable
Units (FRU) Parts List.
Frontis - Introductory, Safety and Regulatory Information
This is the section you are reading at this moment. It contains important safety
information regarding technical components, regulatory agency requirements and
information about the structure of this manual.
Chapter 1 - General Information
This chapter contains a general overview of the printer and basic information
regarding printer specifications.
Chapter 2 - Error Messages and Codes
Information regarding front panel error codes and image processor diagnostics and
fatal messages in tabular form.
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
This chapter discusses the most common troubleshooting problems encountered with:
Printer Performance Problems, Image-Quality Problems and Electrical Problems.
Chapter 4 - Tests, Adjustments and NVRAM
This chapter provides information on how to use the service test prints, color
registration, margin calibrations and resetting NVRAM to assist in analyzing and fine
tuning printer performance.
Chapter 5 - Cleaning and Maintenance
A quick guide to routine cleaning and maintenance for the printer.
Chapter 6 - FRU Disassembly Removal and Replacement
Procedures (RRPs)
This large chapter provides many procedures and illustrations for removing and
replacing key Field Replaceable Units (FRUs) within the print engine.
Chapter 7- FRU Parts List
This is the parts list for the Field Replaceable Units. This chapter contains exploded
views of the FRUs as well as part numbers for items available as FRUs.
x Phaser 6200 Color Laser Printer - Service Manual

Chapter 8 - Theory of Operation
This chapter covers the detailed processes for the printer’s major assemblies: switches
and sensors, drives and gears, and the paper path.
Chapter 9 - Plug/Jack Locator Maps
This chapter contains detailed Plug/Jack locator maps for all wiring harnesses within
the printer.
Chapter 10 - Wiring Diagram
The Master Wiring Diagram is contained in this chapter.
xi
xii Phaser 6200 Color Laser Printer - Service Manual
Table of Contents
Power Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v
Service Safety Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vi
Servicing Electrical Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
Regulatory Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .viii
Manual Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . x
General Information 1
Phaser 6200 Color Laser Printer Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Printer Memory and RAM Capabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Parts of the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
CRC Life Counter Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Front Panel Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Image Processor Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Printer Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Functional Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
Environmental Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
Media and Tray Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Error Messages and Codes 17
Service Flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

Using the Troubleshooting Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Service Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Service Diagnostics Tests and Functions Table . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Troubleshooting Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Troubleshooting 81
System Boot Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

Power On Self Test (POST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
POST Diagnostics Test Descriptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
Front Panel and Printer Malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Table of Contents xiii

Engine Power-Up Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
AC Power Supply Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
DC Power Supply Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
Media Jams and the Paper Path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Operating System and Application Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Macintosh printing problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Windows printing problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Network Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
Print-Quality Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94
Test Prints, Adjustments and NVRAM 109
Service Test Prints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Analyizing the CMYK Sample Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Analyizing the RGB Sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Analyizing the Test Pattern Sample. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Analyizing the 600 x 600 Service Test Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Color Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Color Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Margin Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Resetting NVRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
PostScript NVRAM Resets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Service Diagnostics PostScript NVRAM Resets . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Cleaning and Maintenance 117
FRU Disassembly
Removal and Replacement Procedures 119
Orientation of the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

General Notes on Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
FRU Parts List 253
xiv Phaser 6200 Color Laser Printer - Service Manual

Theory of Operation 301
Summary of the Printing Process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Print Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Printer Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Control of Paper Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Laser Quantity Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Process Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Bias Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Toner Density Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Color Registration Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Transfer Roller Assembly Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Toner Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Fuser Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Paper Path of the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Paper Path Route. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Major Assemblies and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Plug/Jack Locator Maps 341
Print Engine Plug/Jack Locator Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

High-Capacity Feeder Plug/Jack Locator Table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Wiring Diagrams 351
Main Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Paper Tray 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Drive Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Developer Section 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Developer 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Fuser Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Laser Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Xerographics 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Xerographics 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Paper Feed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Image Processor Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
High-Capacity Feeder Wiring Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Drive Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Paper Tray 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Paper Tray 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Table of Contents xv
xvi Phaser 6200 Color Laser Printer - Service Manual
General Information
The Xerox Phaser® 6200 Color Laser Printer Service Manual is the primary
document used for repairing, maintaining and troubleshooting the printer.
To ensure complete understanding of the product, participation in Xerox Phaser 6200
Service Training is recommended.
S6200-001
Phaser 6200 Color Laser Printer shown with the optional High-Capacity Feeder
Phaser 6200 Color Laser Printer
Overview
The Phaser 6200 Color Laser Printer combines a single-pass, tandem color laser
design with an image processor supporting PostScript 3 and PCL5c. The Phaser 6200
is a high performance, A4, 16 ppm desktop color laser printer with a resolution up to
2400 x 600 dpi.
The Phaser 6200 has four configurations. The main difference is optional networking,
standard memory, optional High-Capacity Feeder (HCF), duplexing and optional
internal hard drive.
A replaceable “Configuration Upgrade Chip” holds configuration information that
enables or disables built-in features as described below.
Phaser 6200B The Phaser 6200B is a base configuration, entry-level, single pass
color laser printer. The printer comes standard with 64 Mbytes of memory, resolution
of 600 x 600 dpi, USB and Parallel support, a built in Multi-Purpose Tray and a
500-sheet universal paper tray.
Phaser 6200N The Phaser 6200N is the networking configuration. This
configuration includes all the features of the 6200B, but comes with 128 Mbytes of
memory, built-in 10/100 Ethernet networking capabilities, job pipelining, enhanced
print mode and a resolution up to 2400 x 600 dpi.
Phaser 6200DP The Phaser 6200DP is the plus configuration. The printer includes
all the features of the 6200N, but comes standard with 128 Mbytes of memory, built-
in auto-duplexing, PDF and Photo Mode support.
Phaser 6200DX The Phaser 6200DX is the marketing configuration. The printer
includes all the features of the 6200DP, but comes standard with 256 Mbytes of
memory, a 1000-sheet High-Capacity Feeder Assembly with wheels and an internal
10+ Gbyte hard drive.
Page Description Languages (PDL)
■ PCL5c (not available on the Phaser 6200B)
■ Adobe PostScript 3
■ PDF (not available on the Phaser 6200B, requires internal hard drive)
Resident Fonts
■ 136 PostScript Type 1
■ 115 Central European PostScript Type 1
■ 46 PCL fonts (more fonts are available with the optional internal hard drive)
2 Phaser 6200 Color Laser Printer - Service Manual

Proof Jobs. A proof job is a specific case of a multiple-copy job. With a proof job, the
customer assigns a password and copy count at the client workstation before printing. The
first set of prints are printed immediately. The original number of requested sets are
printed after the customer enters the matching password on the printer’s control panel. The
customer has the option of printing the original number of requested sets or deleting the
job. Since more than one job may be associated with the same password, the customer can
print all the jobs, delete all the jobs, or select or delete individual jobs. A proof job that has
not been printed is retained on the optional internal hard drive through power cycles.
Secure Jobs. Secure printing allows the customer to defer printing of a job until a
matching password is entered from the control panel. The customer assigns the password
at the client workstation before printing. The job is stored, and printing is delayed until the
password is entered on the printer’s control panel. Since more than one job can have the
same password, all secure jobs with the same password are printed. A secure job that has
not been printed or released is retained on the internal hard drive through power cycles.
Saved Jobs. Saved print allows the user to save print jobs to the internal hard drive of
the printer. The print job is not deleted after printing, it is stored on the hard drive for print
on demand. This function requires an internal hard drive.
Printer Memory and RAM Capabilities

The printer features two slots which accept 64, 128 and 256 Mbyte of SDRAM. All
combinations are allowed for 64, 128, 192, 256, 320, 384 and 512 Mbytes.
■ PC133 DRAM Standard
■ 144 Pin SODIMM
■ Serial Presence Detect
■ 3.3 Volt
The Startup Page and the Configuration Page list the amount of RAM installed in the
printer.
If the memory does not meet the above specifications, it will be ignored by the printer.
Parts of the Printer
2 7
8
3
4
5 9
S6200-005
No. Description
1 Top Cover (Output Tray)
2 Control Panel (Front Panel)
3 Front Cover
4 Multi-Purpose Tray
5 Universal Paper Tray 1
6 High-Capacity Feeder with Tray 2 and Tray 3
7 Door Latch B
8 Door Latch A
9 Power On/Off Switch

1
5
S6200-006
No. Description
1 Top Cover
2 Toner Cartridge
3 AC Power Cord Plug
4 Image Processor Board
5 Paper Tray Rear Cover
1 2 3
S6200-008a
4 3
S6200-008b
No. Description
1 Transfer Roller
2 Imaging Unit
3 Door C
4 Fuser Assembly

CRC Life Counter Behavior
Internal counters track Customer-Replaceable Consumables (CRCs) life usage and
store the values in NVRAM. The image processor board monitors these counters in
order to display the near end-of-life and end-of-use messages.
Life ratings are based on 5% coverage. Imaging Unit average 4 page job length.
.
Customer-Replaceable Consumable (CRC) Print Life

Toner Cartridges* High-Capacity 8,000 (B50)
*(Black Toner Cartridge Standard Capacity is 4,000) Standard-Capacity 3,000
Imaging Unit 30,000 (B50)
Fuser Assembly 60,000 (B10)
Transfer Roller and Waste Box 15,000 (B50)
Customer-Replaceable Unit (CRU)

Feed Roller Kit up to 100,000
Front Panel Configuration
The Front Panel consists of one tricolor LED, a display window and six functional
keys. These keys navigate the menu system, perform functions and select modes of
operation for the printer.
LED indicators:
■ Green = Ready to Print or Printing
■ Flashing Green = Receiving, Processing Data, Printing or Power Saver Mode
■ Flashing Yellow = Warning
■ Flashing Red = Error
3 5
Phaser 6200
OK
1 2 4 6 7 8 S6200-004
Phaser 6200 Front Panel Configuration
Front Panel Key Descriptions

1 LED (Power/Status) 5 Up Arrow Key - scrolls up the menu
system
2 Graphic front panel display 6 Down Arrow Key - scrolls down the
menu system
3 Cancel Key 7 OK (select) Key
4 Back Key 8 Information Key - for additional

explanation or help
Front Panel Shortcuts
Mode Press this selection at Power On

Skip execution of POST diagnostics OK
Print Service Diagnostics Map INFO
Reset PostScript NVRAM BACK+OK
Password Bypass UP+DOWN
Enter Service Diagnostics BACK+INFO

Image Processor Board
The following components need to be transferred from the old board when installing a
new Image Processor Board in the printer. See RRP 12.8 for information on replacing
the Image Processor Board.
pin 1
1 2 3 4 S6200-270
Top View
No. Description
1 Hard Drive (optional)
2 Configuration Upgrade Chip (“i” Button)
3 NVRAM
4 Memory (RAM) DIMM 1 and DIMM 2
Rear Panel Configuration Interfaces

■ IEEE 1284 Parallel
■ Ethernet 10BaseT and 100BaseTx
■ USB
Printer Specifications
Physical Dimensions - Printer
Dimensions Value
Height: 445 mm (17.52 in.)
Width: 439 cm (17.28 in.)
Depth: 638 mm (25.12 in.)
Weight: Approximately 36.5 kg (80.5 lb.) Print engine

Approximately 56.5 kg (124.5 lb.) with Paper Tray(s) installed
Physical Dimensions - Optional High-Capacity Feeder
Dimensions Value
Height: 336 mm (13.23 in.) Optional Paper Tray Assembly
Width: 439 cm (17.28 in.)
Depth: 563 cm (22.17 in.)
Weight: Approximately 15 kg (33 lb.) no Paper Tray(s) installed

Approximately 20 kg (44 lb.) with Paper Tray(s) installed
Printer Clearances
Clearances Value
Top: 350 mm (13.78 in.)
Left: 100 mm (3.94 in.)
Right: 150 mm (5.91 in.)
Front: 600 mm (23.62 in.)
Rear: 200 mm (7.87 in.)
Mounting surface level Within 3 degrees of horizontal with all four feet in contact with the
tolerance: surface.

Functional Specifications
Functional Specifications
Characteristic Specification
Printing process Imaging System - 4-tandem drums, electro-photographic system

using intermediate drum transfer rolls (IDTs).
Exposure System - Semiconductor laser, simultaneous scanning
by 4 beams.
Development System - Dry type 2-component developer.
Fusing System - Heat fusing, free nip-belt system.
Color medium Cyan, Magenta, Yellow and Black Toner Cartridges
Resolution / Standard & Draft 600 x 600 dpi

Addressability
Enhanced 2400 x 600 dpi* (Factory Default)
Photo 1200 x 1200 dpi**
* Not available on the Phaser 6200B.
** Not Available on the Phaser 6200B or Phaser 6200N.
Operating Modes Running Mode: Print Engine capable of making prints immediately.
Ready Mode: 20 seconds from completion of a print.
Sleep/ Low Power/ Power Saver Mode: entered after a specified
period of Print Engine inactivity since completion of the last print.
Continuuous Operating Mode Paper Size / wt g/m2 Simplex Duplex

Printing Speed 600 dpi Letter / A4
65 -105 16 ppm 10 ipm
ppm = pages per minute 100-159 8 ppm N/A
ipm = image per minute 160-216 8 ppm N/A
1200/2400 dpi Letter / A4

65 -105 8 ppm 5 ipm
100-159 8 ppm N/A
160-216 8 ppm N/A
600/1200 dpi Envelope/Postcard

160-216 8 ppm N/A
Mode OHP
600 dpi Letter / A4 8 ppm N/A
1200 dpi Letter / A4 8 ppm N/A
Cleaning Cycle interval Print speed will be reduced if the print job is larger than the cleaning
for continuous printing cycle interval.
IU Print Volume Standard/Draft Enhanced/Photo
pages pages
0 - 5 K Pages 48 24
5 - 10 K Pages 32 16
10 - 15 K Pages 32 16
15 - 20 K Pages 32 16
20 - 25 K Pages 20 10
25 - 30 K Pages 16 8
Functional Specifications (cont'd.)
First Print-Out Mode Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 MPT

(in seconds) Simplex, 600 dpi 15 16.5 18 14.5
(Letter/A4) Duplex, 600 dpi 23.5 25 26.5 23
Simplex, 1200 dpi 24.5 27.5 30.5 23.5
Duplex, 1200 dpi 39.5 42.5 45.5 38.5
Warm-up time 30 seconds from cold start (power off condition)
Electrical Specifications
Electrical specifications
Primary line voltages 100-120 V Printer - (97 - 132 V) 13 amp circuit
220-240 V Printer - (198 - 264 V) 7-8 amp circuit
Primary line voltage 100-120 V Printer - 50/60 Hz + 2 Hz

frequency range 220-240 V Printer - 50/60 Hz + 2 Hz
Power consumption Mode Condition 100/115 VAC 240 VAC

Print Mode Max. 850 W or less 850 W or less
Ready Mode Fuser On 180 W or less 180 W or less
Sleep Mode Fuser Off 45 W or less 45 W or less

Environmental Specifications
Environmental Specifications
Temperature: Optimal print-quality range: 62o to 80o F (17o to 26o C)
Operating 10o C to 32o C (50o F to 90o F)
Transportation -30o C to +50o C (-22o F to 122o F)
Storage
24 month maximum Normal: 0o C to 35o C (32o F to 95o F)
1 month maximum Severe: -20o C to 40o C (-4o F to 104o F)
Humidity Optimal print-quality range: 35% to 70%

Operating 10% - 85%
Transportation 30% - 85%
Storage 5% - 95%
Altitude
Operating 0 - 2,500 meters (8,000 ft.)
Transportation 0 - 6,092 meters (20,000 ft.)
Acoustic Noise 35.0db or less

Idle 53.0db or less (Full Speed) (5.3 B)
Printing 70.0db or less (Half Speed) (7.0 B)
Media and Tray Specifications
Media and Tray Specifications
Specification Trays
Printable Minimum margins = 5 mm (0.2 in.) on all sides All Trays
Area
Maximum paper size = 215.9 mm x 355.6 mm (8.5 in. x 14 in.)
Minimum paper size = 88.9 mm x 139.7 mm (3.5 in. x 5.5 in.)
Usable Paper Type Size

paper sizes
Letter 8.5 x 11 in. All Trays
Legal 8.5 x 14 in. All Trays
Executive 7.25 x 10.5 in. All Trays
Statement 5.5 x 8.5 in. MPT Only
US Folio 8.5 x 13 in. All Trays
A4 210 x 297 mm All Trays
A5 148 x 210 mm MPT Only
A6 105 x 148 mm MPT Only
B5 JIS 182 x 257 mm All Trays
ISO B5 176 x 250 mm MPT Only
Custom Size MPT Only
Supported Type Weight

paper Plain Paper 64 - 90 g/m2 (17 - 24 lb. Bond) All Trays
types and Heavy Plain Paper 85 - 105 g/m2 (22 - 28 lb. Bond) All Trays
weights Phaser 6200 Transparency ONLY MPT & Tray 1
Thin Card Stock 100 - 163 g/m2 (26 - 60 lb. Cover) MPT Only
Thick Card Stock 160 - 216 g/m2 (59 - 80 lb. Cover) MPT Only
Labels N/A MPT Only
Letterhead 85 - 105 g/m2 (22 - 28 lb. Bond) All Trays
Glossy Coated Paper 120 - 163 g/m2 (81 - 110 lb. Book MPT Only
Business and Greeting Card N/A MPT Only
CD/DVD Labels and Inserts N/A MPT Only
Digital Photo Paper 120 - 163 g/m2 (81 - 110 lb.) MPT Only
Supported Envelopes Weight 20 - 24 lb. Bond

envelopes Commercial #10 4.12 x 9.5 in
Monarch Envelope 3.87 x 7.5 in MPT Only
A7 Envelope 5.25 x 7.25 in
Custom
DL Envelope 110 x 220 mm
C5 Envelope 162 x 229 mm
C6 Envelope 114 x 162 mm
B5 Envelope 176 x 250 mm
Envelopes with hot melt type glue are not supported in this
printer.
Specialty Premium Phaser 6200 Transparencies

Media Letter 216 x 279 mm 8.5 x 11 in. MPT and
A4 210 x 297 mm 8.27 x 11.69 in. Tray 1 Only
Other sizes will be handled through the Multi-Purpose Tray with

use of the custom size option.

Media and Tray Specifications (cont'd.)
Specification Trays
Tray Universal Tray MPT
Capacity Standard Paper 500 Sheets 100 Sheets
Transparency* 100 Sheets* 50 Sheets *Tray 1 / MPT
Envelopes N/A 10 each only
Error Messages and Codes
This section covers troubleshooting procedures for the Phaser 6200 Color Laser
Printer’s front panel error messages and codes. Only jams and fatal errors will
produce an associated numeric code. Error messages and codes are generally specific,
making it important that service personnel and users record errors exactly when
reporting problems with the printer. Any code associated with an error message or
jam can be viewed by pressing the INFO key and scrolling to the bottom of the help
text displayed on the front panel.
Some procedures require running service diagnostic test functions to verify a specific
printer part is operating correctly. For information on Service Diagnostics and all
internal printer test functions, see the table "Service Diagnostics" on page 23
To troubleshoot problems, such as start up and power on, media, paper path,
print-quality or image problems, and electrical failures not associated with a front
panel message or code, refer to the section "Troubleshooting" on page 81.
If an error message or code is not visible on the front panel, the usage profile report
and fault history list errors reported by the printer.
When an error first occurs, record the error message and code then cycle power to the
printer to see if the error recurs. These can be accessed one of three ways:
Accessing Fault History
1. Print (if possible) the Usage Profile Report Log from the printer’s front panel
Support Menu. The fault history will be detailed in this report log.
2. View the printer’s fault history on the front panel.
a. Go to Support Menu --> Service Tools --> Fault History.
3. If the printer is connected to a network and has a TCP/IP address, view the
printer’s web page using a web browser.
a. Open a web browser.
b. Enter the printer’s IP address as the URL.
c. Select the Troubleshoot link and the fault history will be displayed.

Contents
Front Panel Message Page
Jam Errors
Jam at Fuser Code: Jam F 31
Jam at Duplex Code: Jam D 33
Jam at Registration Roller Code: Jam RR 35
Misfeed at MPT Code: Jam T0 37
Misfeed at Tray 1 Code: Jam T1 40
Misfeed at Tray [2] Code: Jam T2 43
Misfeed at Tray [3] Code: Jam T3
Door and Cover Errors

Close Front Door 47
Consumable Errors
Install or Reseat Imaging Unit 48
Replace Imaging Unit or Imaging Unit is at End of Life 49
Install or Reseat Transfer Roller 50
Replace Transfer Roller or Transfer Roller is at End of Life 51
Install or Reseat Fuser 52
Replace Fuser or Fuser is at End of Life 53
Install or Lock [Y] [M] [C] [K] Toner Cartridge 54
Replace [Y] [M] [C] [K] Toner Cartridge or
[Y] [M] [C] [K] Toner Cartridge Empty 55
Dusty Density Sensor 57
Tray and Media Errors
Output Tray is Full, Unload Paper 58
Insert Tray 1 or Tray 1 missing 59
Insert Tray [2] [3] or Tray [2] [3] missing 60
Tray 1 Paper is Low 61
Tray [2] [3] Paper is Low 62
MPT Empty, Load Paper 63
Tray [1] [2] [3] Empty, Load Paper 64

Contents (cont'd.)
Front Panel Message Page
Media Mismatch Errors
Load Tray 1 with [size] [type] 65
Load Tray [2] [3] with [size] [type] 66
Front Panel Fatal Error Messages and Codes
Laser Failure Code: 07, 08, 09, 10, 11 68
Density Sensor Failure or 69
Low Density Failure Code: 12, 13, 14, 15, 16
Fuser Failure Code: 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47 70
Fuser Fan Failure Code: 50 73
Rear Fan Failure Code: 51 74
Generic Fan Failure Code: 52 75
Engine Firmware Failure Code: 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 77, 78, 79 76
Imaging Unit Firmware Failure Code: 75 77
Fuser Firmware Failure Code: 76 72
Engine Firmware Failure Code: 77, 78 76
Controller to Engine 78
Communications Failure Code: 81
NVRAM Failure Code: 83 78

Non-Xerox Imaging Unit Code: 95 79
Environment Sensor Failure Code: 102 80

Service Flowchart
The Service Flowchart outlines one possible approach to troubleshooting and repair
of the printer. The Service Flowchart is an overview of the path a service technician
could take, using this technical manual, to service the print engine and options. If you
choose not to use the Service Flowchart, it is recommended that you start at the
appropriate troubleshooting table and proceed from there.
Always follow the safety measures detailed in the front of the manual when servicing
the printer. See "Service Safety Summary" on page vi of this manual.
Step 1: Identify the Problem:

1 Verify the reported problem does exist.
2 Check for any error codes and write them down.
3 Print normal customer prints and service test prints.
4 Make note of any print quality problems in the test prints.
5 Make note of any mechanical or electrical abnormalities present.
6 Make note of any unusual noise or smell coming from the printer.
7 Print a Usage Profile Report, if the printer is able to print.
8 View the fault history under the Service Tools Menu
9 Verify the AC input power supply is within proper specifications by measuring the
voltage at the electric outlet while the printer is running.
Step 2: Inspect and Clean the Printer:

1 Switch OFF printer power.
2 Disconnect the AC power cord from the wall outlet.
3 Verify the power cord is free from damage or short circuit and is connected properly.
4 Remove the Imaging Unit and protect it from light.
5 Inspect the printer interior and remove any foreign matter such as paper clips,
staples, pieces of paper, dust or loose toner.
■ Do not use solvents or chemical cleaners to clean the printer interior.
■ Do not use any type of oil or lubricant on printer parts.
■ Use only an approved toner vacuum.
6 Clean all rubber rollers with a lint-free cloth, dampened slightly with cold water and
mild detergent.
7 Inspect the interior of the printer for damaged wires, loose connections, toner
leakage, and damaged or obviously worn parts.
8 If a toner cartridge appears obviously damaged, replace with a new one.
Step 3: Find the Cause of the Problem:

1 Use the Error Messages and Codes and troubleshooting procedures to find the
cause of the problem.
2 Use Diagnostics to check printer and optional components.
3 Use the Wiring Diagrams and Plug/Jack Locator to locate test points.
4 Take voltage readings at various test points as instructed in the appropriate
troubleshooting procedure.
5 Use the “Engine Test Print”, page 96, to isolate problems with the Image Processor
Board.
Step 4: Correct the Problem

1 Use the Parts List to locate a part number
2 Use the Removal and Replacement Procedures to replace the part.
Step 5: Final Checkout

1 Test the printer to be sure you have corrected the initial problem and there are no
additional problems present.

Using the Troubleshooting Procedures
1. Each Step in a Troubleshooting Procedure instructs you to perform a certain action
or procedure. The steps are to be followed sequentially in the order given until the
problem is fixed or resolved.
2. The Actions and Questions box contains additional information and/or additional
procedures you must follow to isolate the problem.
3. When a procedure instructs you to test a component using service diagnostics, See
"Service Diagnostics" on page 23 for the detailed steps and functions for testing
parts of the printer.
4. The action is followed by a question. If your response to the question is “Yes”,
then follow the instructions for a “Yes” reply. If your response to the question is
“No”, then follow the instructions for a “No” reply.
5. Troubleshooting Procedures may ask you to take voltage readings or test for
continuity at certain test points within the printer. For detailed diagrams, refer to
the section "Plug/Jack Locator Maps" on page 341 and "Wiring Diagrams" on
page 351 for complete information on test point locations and signal names.
6. Troubleshooting Procedures often ask you to replace a printer component. The
section "FRU Disassembly - Removal and Replacement Procedures" on page 119
provides detailed steps for removing and replacing all major parts of the printer.
The section "FRU Parts List" on page 253 details the location, quantity and part
number for all spared parts of the printer.
General Notes on Troubleshooting
1. Unless indicated otherwise, the instruction “switch ON printer main power” means
for you to switch ON printer power and let the printer proceed through POST to a
‘Ready’ condition.
2. Conventions used to represent connectors
Plug Jack
S6200-282
3. When instructed to take voltage, continuity or resistance readings on wiring

harness, proceed as follows; Check P/J 232–1 to P/J 210–5 by placing the red
probe (+) of your meter on pin 1 of P/J 232, and place the black probe (–) of your
meter on pin 5 of P/J 210.
4. When you are instructed to take resistance readings between “P/J 232 <=> P/J
210” (without specified pin numbers), check all pins. Refer to the the section
"Wiring Diagrams" on page 351 for the location of all wiring harnesses and pins.
5. When you are instructed to take a voltage reading, the black probe (–) is generally
connected to a pin that is either RTN (Return) or SG (Signal Ground). You can
substitute any RTN pin or test point in the printer, and you can use FG (frame
ground) in place of any SG pin or test point.
6. Before measuring voltages make sure the printer is switched ON, the Imaging Unit
and the paper trays are in place, and the interlock switches are actuated, unless a
troubleshooting procedure instructs otherwise.

7. All voltage values given in the troubleshooting procedures are approximate
values. The main purpose of voltage readings is to determine whether or not a
component is receiving the correct voltage value from the power supply and if
gating (a voltage drop) occurs during component actuation. Gating signals may be
nothing more than a pulse, resulting in a momentary drop in voltage that may be
difficult or impossible to read on the average multi-meter.
8. When a troubleshooting procedure instructs you to replace a non-spared
component and that component is part of a parent assembly, you should replace
the entire parent assembly.
Voltage Measurements
Power and signal grounds are connected to the frame ground. All circuit
troubleshooting can be performed using the metal frame (chassis) as the grounding
point. To locate connectors or test points, refer to the section "Plug/Jack Locator
Maps" on page 341 or "Wiring Diagrams" on page 351 for more information.
Unless otherwise specified, the following voltage tolerances are used within this
section:
Voltage Measurements
Stated Measured
+3.3 VDC +3.135 to +3.465 VDC
+5.0 VDC +4.75 to +5.25 VDC
+24.0 VDC +21.6 to +26.4 VDC
0.0 VDC Less than +0.5 VDC

Service Diagnostics
The Phaser 6200 Color Laser Printer has built-in diagnostics to aid in troubleshooting
problems with the printer. The Service Diagnostics Menu provides a means to test
sensors, motors, switches, clutches, fans and solenoids. Diagnostics also contain
built-in test prints, cleaning procedures, printer status and some NVRAM access.
Service diagnostics are to be executed by a service technician only, through the front
panel. Service Diagnostics can be entered one of two ways:
Entering without rebooting the printer:
1. From the printer’s main menu, scroll to the Support Menu, press OK and then
scroll to the Service Tools Menu and press OK.
2. Hold down the Up Arrow key and press the Down Arrow key.
3. Scroll to Run Service Diagnostics and press OK.
Entering by reboooting the printer:
1. Turn the printer power OFF.
2. Hold down the Back and Information keys simultaneously and turn the printer
back ON.
3. Continue to hold the keys until the following mesage is displayed on the front
panel: Service Diagnostics V#.##, Initializing..., and then release
the keys.
4. The front panel displays the Service Diagnostics Menu.
You can print a Service Diagnostics Menu Map by highlighting Print Service
Diagnostics Menu, and press OK. The printer will run through POST and return to
Ready. You will need to re-enter service diagnostics.
Service Diagnostics Key Press and Function Table

Key Function
BACK Returns to the prior higher level menu structure, if available.
If help text is displayed on the front panel, pressing BACK will restore the current
menu item and remove the help text.
CANCEL Terminates the current test.

Cancels current INFO display.
INFO Provides help information, if available.

Pressing INFO again restores the current menu item and removes the help text.
UP Scrolls up one menu item within a menu list. This control does not ‘wrap’.
Used to increment data in tests requiring user input.
DOWN Srolls down one menu item within a menu list.

This control does not ‘wrap’, the end of a menu list is designated by three
asterisks.
Used to decrement data in tests requiring user input.
OK Enters the highlighted menu. Executes the current test item.

Used to select a data value entered by the user.

Service Diagnostics Tests and Functions Table
Test Front Panel Display and Test Definition
Print Service Menu Map - Prints the service diagnostics menu page
General Status - Provides the following print engine status:
Status <No Status to Report> No Status to Report = the printer is

online and ready to print.
Displays an engine status that will
prevent printing. Status is displayed
sequentially, on line at a time.
Engine Board Engine FW: #.#.# Displays the engine firmware

ROM Version version installed.
Printer Memory: ###MB Displays current memory installed.

Configuration Hard Drive: Not Installed or Detects presence of Hard Drive
Installed option.
HCF: Installed Detects presence of High-Capacity
Not Installed Feeder option.
Ambient Temperature: XX oC Displays the current Temperature

Temperature/ Humidity: ## % and Humidity for the printer.
Humidity
Fuser Temperature: XX oC Displays the printers current Fuser
Temperature temperature.
Fault History Device Status Displays Fault occurrence since last

Jams power cycle.
Hardware Errors
Firmware Errors
Fan Motors
CTD Sensor Errors
Fuser Failure
Laser Failure
Life Over
Trays
Miscellaneous
Test Prints - Prints test prints stored in the Engine Control Board. The prints are used by
service personnel to identify, repair and validate the operability of the printer.
Blank Page Continuously prints blank pages until See "Test Prints, Adjustments and
Print stopped by the user. NVRAM" on page 109, for specific
test print information.
600 x 600 Test Continuously prints the step pattern
Pattern until stopped by the user.

Service Diagnostics Tests and Functions Table (cont'd.)
Motors/Fans Tests - Tests the functionality of motors and fans by giving service personnel the
ability to energize/de-energize the motor and fans one at a time.
Main Motor Normal Speed Audible verification of motor

Half Speed functionality.
Normal Speed Continuous The motor tests are pulsed or
Half Speed Continuous continuous.
Duplex Motor Forward Normal Speed Audible verification of motor

Forward Half Speed functionality.
Forward Double Speed
Reverse Normal Speed
Reverse Half Speed
Reverse Double Speed
Forward Normal Speed Contiuous
Forward Half Speed Contiuous
Forward Double Speed Contiuous
Reverse Normal Speed Contiuous
Reverse Half Speed Contiuous
Reverse Double Speed Contiuous
Fuser Motor Normal Speed Audible verification of motor

Normal Speed Continuous
Half Speed Continuous
Developer Normal Speed Audible verification of motor

Motor Half Speed functionality.
Caution: Only run the developer
Caution: motor test once per power cycle to
Do NOT allow avoid excessive amounts of toner
this motor to run being forced inside the developer
any longer than resulting in possible damage.
necessary to
verify operation.
HCF Motor Normal Speed Audible verification of motor

Normal Speed Continuous
Half Speed Continuous
Toner Motor Normal Speed Audible verification of motor

Yellow functionality.
Toner Motor Caution: Only run the Toner Motor
Magenta tests once per power cycle to avoid
Toner Motor toner spillage inside the Imaging
Cyan Unit cavity and packing the auger
Toner Motor tubes with toner.
Black
Rear Fan High Speed Audible verification of motor
Low Speed functionality.
High Speed Continuous Check for airflow.
Low Speed Continuous

Fuser Fan High Speed Audible verification of motor
Low Speed functionality.
High Speed Continuous Check for airflow.
Low Speed Continuous
Sensor/Switch Tests - Tests the functionality of the sensors and switches by giving service
personnel the ability to input actuation and state changes of all sensors and switches.
Interlock Sensor is: ON Front Door OPEN

Switch Sensor is: OFF Front Door CLOSED
Registration Sensor is: OFF This test continuously cycles paper

Sensor Sensor is: ON through the printer.
The sensor state changes from off
to on as the paper passes through
the Registration Chute.
Note: This test can also be used as
a paper path transport test when
troubleshooting Jam conditions.
Exit Sensor Sensor is: OFF Actuate/de-actuate the Exit

Sensor is: ON Actuator (PL8.1.7) located in the
Fuser to toggle the sensor state.
Duplex Sensor is: OFF Actuate/de-actuate the Duplex

Sensor Sensor is: ON Actuator (PL6.1.13) located in the
Fuser to toggle the sensor state.
Full Stack Sensor is: OFF Actuate/de-actuate the Output Tray

Sensor Sensor is: ON Full Actuator (PL6.1.4) at the output
tray to toggle the sensor state.
Black Toner Toner is [NOT] Low Displays current state of the sensor.
(K) Low
Cyan Toner
(C) Low
Magenta
Toner (M) Low
Yellow Toner
(Y) Low
Black Toner Toggle the toner cartridge switch for
Cartridge Sensor is: OFF the appropriate color.
Present
Toner Cartridge is in the LOCKED
Cyan Toner position.
Cartridge Sensor is: ON
Present Toner Cartridge is in the
UNLOCKED position.
Magenta
Toner
Cartridge
Present
Yellow Toner
Cartridge
Present

Tray 1 Low Size: XXXX Move the Rear Guide in the paper
Paper tray to the desired paper size and
Tray 2 Low verify the sensor output matches
Paper the paper size selected.
Tray 3 Low
Paper Paper is Not Low Insert and fill Tray [1] [2] [3] with
paper to the fill line.
Paper is Low Insert one sheet of paper in Tray [1]

[2] [3] to change the sensor state.
Tray 1 No Paper is Not Present Insert Tray [1] [2] [3] with an
Paper Paper is Present adequate amount of paper.
Tray 2 No Toggle the No Paper Actuator.
Paper
Tray 3 No
Paper
MPT No Paper Paper is Not Present Insert Paper into the MPT Tray.
Sensor Paper is Present Toggle the MPT No Paper Actuator
(PL6.1.37) to change the state.
Transfer Toner Waste [Not] Full Block the Toner Full Sensor
Roller Toner (PL5.1.13) to change the sensor
Full Sensor state.
Image Unit Image Unit is [Not] Present Open Door C to change the state of
Not Installed the Switch.
Sensor
Fuser Fan Fuser Fan Alarm Sensor is: OK Status only
Alarm Sensor Failure Note: Perform a test print
immediately prior to performing this
test.
Rear Fan Rear Fan Alarm Sensor is: Status only

Alarm Sensor OK Note: Perform a test print
Failure immediately prior to performing this
test.
CTD (ADC) Dark Value: # Status only

Sensor Light Value: ###
Remove the transfer roller to
Sensor OK
observe change of state.
OHP Sensor OHP Reports “Paper” if opaque media is

Absense of Media present.
Reports “OHP or Absence of Media
Paper
if OHP or no media is present.
Manually insert a sheet of paper
backwards through the Registration
Chute Assembly (PL9.1.6) until the
state of the sensor changes to
“Paper”.

Clutch Tests - Tests the functionality of the clutches by giving service personnel the ability to
energize/de-energize one clutch at a time.
Registration Clutch is: ON Audible verification of Clutch

Clutch Clutch is: OFF functionality. You should hear the
MPT Turn clutch engage (click) once.
Clutch
Tray 1 Turn
Clutch
Tray 2 Turn
Clutch
Tray 3 Turn
Clutch
Solenoid Tests - Tests the functionality of the clutches by giving service personnel the ability to
energize/de-energize one solenoid at a time.
MPT Turn Solenoid is: ON Audible verification of the Solenoid

Clutch Solenoid is: OFF
function.
Tray 1 Turn
Clutch
Tray 2 Turn
Clutch
Tray 3 Turn
Clutch
Maintenance - Cleans the Intermediate Transfer Unit within the Imaging Unit
Clean the Printing..... “Printing” is displayed on the Front

Imaging Unit Panel during the IDT cleaning cycle.
IDT 1
The test continuously cycles paper
Clean the through the printer until the Cancel
Imaging Unit key is pressed.
IDT 2
NVRAM Access - This menu lets you read, set or reset the following values
PostScript Resetting PostScript NVRAM... Restores the Printers setup values

NVRAM Reset Are you sure? to their factory defaults. For more
Yes information on resetting NVRAM,
NO See "Resetting NVRAM" on
page 114
CRU Life Reset: The following options are available for CRU Life Reset

Black Toner Resets the CRU Life Count to 0.
(K) Life Confirmed Reset Note: Record the current value in
Cyan Toner <if successful> the CRU Life Read Menu prior to
(C) Life resetting the valure to 0.
Caution: This function is for
Magenta Unconfirmed Reset
troubleshooting ONLY.
Toner (M) Life <if unsuccessful>
Do NOT attempt to extend the life of
the CRU. Doing so may cause print-
Yellow Toner
(Y) Life Note: The primary life tracking device quality problems or premature
for the transfer roller is the clear failure of other internal printer
Transfer plastic window in the transfer roller. components.
Roller Life
CRU Life Read: The following options are available for CRU Life Read. Perform this operation
and record the values prior to performing a CRU Life Reset
Black Toner
(K) Life Count: XXX Displays the current CRU Life
Cyan Toner Record this value count.
(C) Life
Magenta
Toner (M) Life
Yellow Toner
(Y) Life
Transfer
Roller Life
Read Printer Count: XXXX Reads engine printer life count.
Page Count Record this value before replacing
the Engine Control Board.
CRU Life Restore: The following options are available for CRU Life Restore.
Black Toner Restores the CRU Life Count value.
(K) Life
Count: XXXX Caution: This function is for
Cyan Toner Up/ Dn to Incr/ Decr Troubleshooting ONLY.
(C) Life Do NOT attempt to extend the life of
Help/ Back to Select Multiplier the CRU. Doing so may cause Print
Magenta Quality problems or premature
Toner (M) Life failure of other internal printer
components.
Yellow Toner
(Y) Life
Transfer
Roller Life
Printer Page Restore the print engine life count.
Count
IP Controller Diagnostics - Tests the basic functionality of the Image Processor Board.

RAM Executing..... Performs an extended memory test
Read/Write Passed on the Image Processor Board.
Test
Note: Cycle power to the printer
after executing this test.
Exit - Exits service diagnostics and reboots the printer.

Jam at Fuser Jam F
The printer’s front panel displays “Jam at Fuser”. The fuser has been removed,
reseated and locked into place. Any obstruction, media and debris has been removed
from the fuser paper path, printer power has been cycled and the error still appears.
Troubleshooting Reference Table
Applicable Parts Wiring and Plug/Jack Map References

Fuser, PL 8.1.1 "Drive Section" on page 355
Exit Sensor/Actuator, PL 8.1.7 "Fuser Assembly" on page 358
Motor Driver Board, PL 12.1.12 "Map 1" on page 345
Troubleshooting Procedure Table
Steps Actions and Questions Yes No

1 Check the following for evidence of fault or Replace the Go to step [2].
damage: part(s) concerned.
Exit Actuator & Sensor, PL 8.1.7
Fuser Assembly, PL 8.1.1
Front Cover, PL 1.1.2
Chute Assembly In, PL 5.1.1
Transfer Roller, PL 8.1.12
Imaging Unit, PL 9.1.3
2 Remove the Fuser and check for broken or Replace the parts Go to step [3].
bent pins. concerned.
3 Use service diagnostics to test the Exit Go to step [8]. Replace the
Sensor. Fuser Assembly.
Does the sensor function correctly? Go to step [4]
4 Does an error occur after the Fuser Go to step [5]. Complete.

Assembly has been replaced?
5 Insert a sheet of paper into the Fuser Go to step [7]. Go to step [6].
Assembly.
Verify the voltage on the Fuser Harness
P138-3 <=> P138-2 is 0VDC.
6 Check all pins on the FSR 2 (Fuser) Go to step [7]. Replace the
Harness Assembly (PL5.1.10 ) for Assembly,
continuity. Harness FSR 2
PL 5.1.9.
7 Check all pins on the Front 1A Harness Go to step [8]. Replace the
Assembly for continuity. Assembly, Front
1A, PL 13.1.7.
8 If possible print one sheet of paper. Replace the Go to step [9].

Does the Fuser Motor Turn? gear(s) if
Inspect the gears for damage. defective.

Troubleshooting Procedure Table (cont'd.)

9 Use service diagnostics to test the Fuser Replace Engine Go to step [10].
Motor. Control Board,
Does the Fuser Motor function correctly? RRP 12.7.
10 Verify the voltage between P 52-1 <=> P Go to step [11]. Replace the
60-2 on the Motor Driver Board is +24 Motor Driver
VDC. Board, RRP 12.3.
11 Replace the Fuser Motor. Complete Go to step [12].

Does the Fuser Motor function correctly?
12 Check the DRV 1 Harness for continuity. Replace the Replace the
Engine Control DRV 1 Harness,
Board, RRP 12.7. PL 13.1.2.

Jam at Duplex Jam D
The printer’s front panel displays “Jam at Duplex” and any obstruction, media and
debris has been removed from the duplex paper path, printer power has been cycled
and the error still appears.

Duplex Sensor, PL 6.1.4 "Drive Section" on page 355
Actuator Kit, PL 15.1
Gear Kit, PL 7.1.99 "Paper Feed" on page 362
Chute Assembly Exit, PL 7.1.7 "Map 1" on page 345

1 Check the following for evidence of fault Replace the Go to step [2].
or damage: damaged part.
Chute Assembly Exit, PL 7.1.7
Duplex Motor Assembly, PL 7.1.8
Duplex Sensor, PL 6.1.4
Duplex Actuator, PL 6.1.5
Chute Assembly Out, PL 6.1.1
2 Use service diagnostics to test the Duplex Go to step [7]. Replace the
Sensor. sensor and
Go to step [3].
Does the sensor function correctly?
3 Does the printer function correctly after Complete Go to step [4].

the Duplex Sensor is replaced?
4 Block the Duplex Sensor and verify the Go to step [6]. Go to step [5].
voltage between J 139-3<=>J 139-2 is
0 VDC.
5 Check the Front 2 Harness for continuity. Go to step [6]. Replace the
See "Paper Feed" on page 362. Front 2 Harness
Assembly, PL
6.1.2.
6 Check P 139<=>J 13 on the Front 1A Replace the Replace the

Harness for continuity. Engine Control Assembly, Front
See "Paper Feed" on page 362. Board, RRP 12.7. 1A, PL 13.1.7.
7 If possible, print 1 sheet of paper in Replace the Chute Go to step [8].

Duplex Mode and check to see if the Assembly Exit,
sheet has reversed in the printer. RRP 7.1.
8 Use service diagnostics to test the Duplex Replace the Chute Go to step [9].
Motor. Assembly Exit,
Actuate the Interlock Switch during the RRP 7.1.
test.


9 Verify the voltage between Go to step [10]. Replace the
P 50-1<=>P 60-2 on the Motor Driver Motor Driver
Board is +24 VDC. Board,
RRP 12.3.
10 Check J 131<=>J 50 on the Duplex Got to step [11]. Replace the

Harness for continuity. Duplex Harness
Assembly,
See "Drive Section" on page 365
PL 6.1.23.
11 Does the error recur after replacing the Go to step [12]. Complete
Duplex Motor?
12 Check J 12 <=> J 42 pins on the DRV 2 Replace the Replace the

Harness for continuity. Engine Control Assembly,
See "Drive Section" on page 365 Board, RRP 12.7. Harness DRV2,
PL 13.1.3.

Jam at Registration Roller Jam RR
The printer’s front panel displays “Jam at Registration Roller” and any obstruction,
media and debris has been removed from the Chute Assembly Registration and the
Turn Chute Assembly in the tray 1 cavity. Printer power has been cycled and the error
still appears.
In some instances the error code will clear after power is cycled to the printer, but will
reappear with the next print. Check to see if there is a piece of paper fan-folded
behind the turn chute assembly or below the registration roller.

Chute Assembly Registration, PL 9.1.6 "Paper Feed" on page 362
Steps Action and Questions Yes No

1 Check the following for evidence of fault Replace the parts Go to step [2].
or damage. concerned.
Registration Actuator, PL 9.1.9
Chute Assembly Registration, PL 9.1.6
2 Use service diagnostics to test the Go to step [6]. Go to step [3].

Registration Sensor.
Does sensor function correctly?
3 Check that the connection between the Go to step [4]. Reconnect

Harness and the Registration Sensor is properly.
properly connected and seated.
4 Check J181 <=> J18 on the Registration Go to step [5]. Replace the Chute
Clutch Harness for continuity. Assembly
See "Paper Feed" on page 362 Registration,
RRP 9.3.
5 Verify the voltage between P/J 18-3 <=> Go to step [6]. Replace the
P/J 18-2 on the Engine Control Board is Registration
0 VDC. Sensor, RRP 9.4.

Registration Clutch.
Close the Interlock Switch during the test.
Does the clutch function correctly?
7 Remove the connector J18. Go to step [8]. Replace the Chute

Is J 18-4 <=> J 18-5 less than 200Ω? Assembly
Registration,
RRP 9.3.


8 Verify the voltage between P 18-4 <=> P Replace the Chute Replace the
18-2 on the Engine Control Board is Assembly Engine Control
+24 VDC. Registration, Board,
Close the Interlock Switch while checking RRP 9.3. RRP 12.7.
the voltage.

Misfeed at MPT Jam T0
The printers front panel displays “Misfeed at MPT” indicating a paper misfeed has
occurred in the printer. The MPT is securly attached to the printer and any
obstruction, media and debris has been removed from the paper path and there is
adequate paper in the MPT. Printer power has been cycled and the error still displays.

Roll Feed Assembly, PL 6.1.27 "Paper Tray 1" on page 354
Paper Present Sensor, PL 6.1.4 "Paper Feed" on page 362
MPT Actuator, PL 6.1.37 "Drive Section" on page 355
MPT Feed Solenoid, PL 6.1.40 "Main Wiring Diagram" on page 352
Chute Assembly Registration, PL 9.1.6

1 Check the following parts for fault or Replace any Go to step [2].
damage: damaged or
Multi-Purpose Tray excessively worn
parts.
Remove any foriegn objects or debris in
the paper path.
Registration Sensor PL 9.1.8
Main Drive Assembly PL 11.114

Does the sensor function normally?
3 Check that the connection between the Go to step [4]. Connect or

Harness and the Registration Sensor is replace the
properly connected and seated. faulty part.
4 Check J 18-4 <=> J 18-5 on the Go to step [5]. Replace the

Registration Clutch Harness for Registration
continuity. Chute
Assembly, RRP
See "Paper Feed" on page 362
9.3.
5 Verify the voltage between P/J18-3 <=> Replace Sensor, Go to step [6].
P/J18-2. This measurement point can be Registration,
accessed under the electric housing RRP 9.4.
assembly (See RRP 9.3) on the Engine
Control Board is0 VDC.
6 If possible, print a sheet of paper from the Go to step [16] Go to step [7]
MPT.
Does the Main Drive motor function
properly?


7 Use service diagnostics to test the Main Replace the Go to step [8].
Drive Motor. Engine control
Does the Main Drive Motor turn? Board, RRP 12.7
8 Verify the voltage between P/J48-1 <=> Go to step [12]. Go to step [9].
P/J60-2 on the Motor Driver Board is
+24 VDC
9 Use service diagnostics to test the Go to step [10]. Replace the ,

Interlock Switch. Motor Driver
Does the Interlock switch function Board,
correctly? RRP 12.3.
10 Verify the voltage between SW-1 <=> Replace the , Go to step [11].
P/J60-2 and SW-2 <=> P/J60-2 on the Motor Driver
Motor Driver Board is +24 VDC. Board,
Close the Interlock Switch. RRP 12.3
11 Check the power supply by verifing the Replace the Motor See "DC Power
voltage between P/J60-1 <=> P/J60-2 on Driver Board, Supply
the Motor Driver Board is +24 VDC. RRP 12.3 Troubleshooting
" on page 88.
12 Check the power supply by verifing the Go to step [13]. Go to step [14].
voltage between P/J61-8 <=> P/J61-7 on
the Motor Driver Board is +5 VDC.
the Motor Driver Board is +3.3 VDC.
14 Check the LVNC Harness for continuity. See "DC Power Replace the
Supply Harness LVNC
See "Main Wiring Diagram" on page 352
Troubleshooting" PL 13.1.1.
on page 88.
15 Check the DRV 1 Harness for continuity. Replace in the Replace the
See "Drive Section" on page 355 following order: DRV 1 Harness
Main Drive Assembly,
Assembly, RRP PL 13.1.1.
11.3
Engine Control
Board, RRP 12.7
16 Perform steps 1 through 3 in RRP 3.1. Go to step [19]. Go to step [17].

Open and close the front door.
Observe the Turn Roller.
Dose the Turn Roller turn while the
machine is warming up?
17 Using service diagnostics, test the MPT Check the Clutch Go to step [18].
Turn Clutch. for slip or the gear
Does the Turn Clutch Assembly function for damage.
normally? Replace if
In the test, actuate the Interlock switch. necessary.


18 Remove the clutch connector J19. Replace the Replace the
Check the following pins; Engine Control MPT Turn
Board, RRP 12.7. Clutch, RRP
Is J19-1 <=> J19-2 less than 200Ω? 3.13.
19 Does the Feed Gear in the MPT turn Check parts for Go to step [20].
when printing 1 sheet of paper? damage or
obstructions in the
paper path.
20 Use service diagnostics to test the MPT Check the spring Go to step [21].
Feed Solenoid. and stopper of the
Does the solenoid actuate? Feed Solenoid.
In the test, actuate the Interlock Switch.
21 Remove the MPT Feed Solenoid Go to step [22]. Replace the

connector J132; MPT Feed
Is J132-1 <=> J132-2 less than 100Ω? Solenoid.
22 Check the Front 2 Harness for continuity. Replace the Replace Front 2
Engine Control Harness
Board, RRP 12.7 Assembly, PL
6.1.2.

Misfeed at Tray 1 Jam T1
The printers front panel displays “Misfeed at Tray 1” indicating a paper misfeed has
occurred in the printer. Tray 1 is free from defects and installed properly. Any
obstruction, media and debris has been removed from the paper path and there is
adequate paper in the paper tray. Printer power has been cycled and the error still
displays.
Paper Pick Roller Kit, PL 3.3.3 "Paper Tray 1" on page 354
Paper Feed Roller Kit, PL 3.3.23 "Paper Feed" on page 362
Paper Pick Assembly, PL 3.3.1 "Drive Section" on page 355
Chute Assembly Registration, PL 9.1.6 "Main Wiring Diagram" on page 352

1 Check the following parts for fault or Replace any Go to step [2].
damage: damaged or
Check for worn or damaged rollers and excessively worn
gears on the Paper Pick Assembly and parts.
the Feed Roller on Tray 1.
Check Tray 1 for damage.
Remove any foriegn objects or debris in
the paper path.
Registration Sensor PL 9.1.8
Main Drive Assembly PL 11.1.14

Does the sensor function normally?
3 Check that the connection between the Go to step [4]. Connect or

Harness and the Registration Sensor is replace the
properly connected and seated. faulty part.
4 Check the Registration Clutch Harness Go to step [5]. Replace the

for continuity. Registration
See "Paper Feed" on page 362 Chute
Assembly,
RRP 9.3.
5 Is the voltage between P/J18-3 <=> Replace Go to step [6].

P/J18-2, located under the electric Registration
housing assembly (see RRP 9.3) on the Sensor, RRP 9.4.
Engine Control Board is 0 VDC.
6 If possible, print a sheet of paper from Go to step [16]. Go to step [7].

Tray 1.
Does the Main Drive Motor function
properly?

7 Use service diagnostics to test the Main Replace the Go to step [8].
Drive Motor. Engine control
Does the Main Drive Motor turn? Board, RRP 12.7
P/J60-2 on the Motor Driver Board is
+24 VDC
9 Use service diagnostics to test the Go to step [10]. Replace the ,

Interlock Switch. Motor Driver
Does the Interlock switch function Board,
correctly? RRP 12.3.
10 Verify the voltage between SW-1 <=> Replace the , Go to step [11].
P/J60-2 and SW-2 <=> P/J60-2 on the Motor Driver
Motor Driver Board is +24 VDC. Board,
RRP 12.3.
Close the Interlock Switch.
11 Check the power supply by verifing the Replace the Motor See "DC Power
voltage between P/J60-1 <=> P/J60-2 on Driver Board, Supply
the Motor Driver Board is +24 VDC. RRP 12.3. Troubleshooting
" on page 88.
the Motor Driver Board is +5 VDC.
the Motor Driver Board is +3.3 VDC.
14 Check the LVNC Harness for continuity. See "DC Power Replace the
See "Main Wiring Diagram" on page 352 Supply Harness LVNC
Troubleshooting" PL 13.1.1.
on page 88
15 Check the DRV 1 Harness for continuity. Replace in the Replace the
following order: DRV 1 Harness
See "Drive Section" on page 355
Assembly,
Main Drive
PL 13.1.1
Assembly, RRP
11.3
Engine Control
Board, RRP 12.7
16 Perform steps 1 through 3 in RRP 3.1. Go to step [21]. Go to step [17].

Open and close the front door.
Dose the Turn Roller turn while the
machine is warming up?
17 Use service diagnostics to test the Tray 1 Check the clutch Go to step [18].
Turn Clutch. and gears for
damage.
During the test, close the Interlock
Switch. Replace if
necessary.
18 Verify the voltage between P/J47-13<=> Go to step [19]. Replace the

P/J60-2 on the Motor Driver Board is Motor Driver
+24 VDC. Board,
RRP 12.3.

19 Check the Feeder Harness for continuity. Go to step [20]. Replace the
Feeder Harness
Assembly, PL
3.3.24.
20 Remove the clutch connector J475. Go to step [21]. Replace the

Is J475-1 <=> J475-2 less than 200Ω? Paper Pick
Assembly, PL
3.3.1
21 If possible print one sheet of paper. Check parts for Go to step [22].
damage or
Did the paper attempt to feed?
obstructions in the
paper path.
22 Use service diagnostics to test the Tray 1 Check the spring Go to step [23].
Feed Solenoid. and stopper on the
Does the solenoid actuate? Feed Solenoid.
During the test actuate the Interlock

Switch.
23 Verify the voltage between P/J47-11 <=> Go to step [24]. Replace the
P/J60-2 on the Motor Driver Board is Motor Driver
+24 VDC Board,
RRP 12.3.
24 Check the Feeder Harness for continuity. Go to step [25]. Replace the
Feeder Harness
Assembly, PL
3.3.24.
25 Remove the Solenoid connector J474. Go to step [26]. Replace Feed

Solenoid, PL
Is J474-1 <=> J474-2 less than 100Ω?
3.3.17.
26 Check the DRV2 Harness for continuity. Replace the Replace the
Engine Control DRV2 Harness
Board, RRP 12.7. Assembly,
PL 13.1.3.

occurred in the printer. Tray 2 is free of defects and correctly installed in the HCF.
Any obstruction, media and debris has been removed from the paper path and there is
displays

HCF Paper Pick Assembly, PL 14.4.1

1 Does the printer feed paper correctly from Go to step [2]. See "Misfeed at
Tray 1? Tray 1 Jam T1"
on page 40.
2 Does the HCF Motor run when printing one Tray 2 Go to step [3].
sheet? Go to step [9].
3 Use service diagnostics to test the HCF Replace the Go to step [4].
Motor. Engine Control
Does the HCF motor function correctly? Board,
RRP 12.7.
P/J81-1 on the Lower Feeder Circuit Board is
+24 VDC
5 Verify the voltage between P/J81-2 <=> Replace the Go to step [6]
P/J81-1 on the Lower Feeder Circuit Board Lower Feeder
HCF is +24 VDC. Circuit Board,
PL 14.5.1.
6 Verify the connector between the HCF and Replace the Go to step [7].
the printer is connected properly and not damaged part.
damaged.
7 Does the error recur after the HCF Motor has Go to step [8]. Complete
been replaced with a new one?
8 Perform steps 1 through 3 in RRP 14.3. Open Go to step [13]. Go to step [9].
and close the front door.
Dose the Turn Roller turn while the machine
is warming up?


9 Use service diagnostics to test the Tray 2 Check the Go to step [10].
Turn Clutch. Clutch for
During the test close the Interlock Switch. slipping or the
gear for
Does the Tray 2 Turn Clutch function damage.
correctly?
P/J81-1 on the Lower Feeder Circuit Board is Lower Feeder
+24 VDC. Circuit Board,
PL 14.5.1.
11 Check the Tray 2 Harness Assembly for Go to step [12]. Replace the
continuity. Tray 2 Harness
Assembly,
"Paper Tray 2" on page 366
PL 14.5.3.
12 Remove the clutch connector J825. Go to step [13]. Replace the

Is J825-1 <=> J825-2 of the Tray 2 Turn Tray 2 Turn
Clutch Assembly less than 200 ohms? Clutch
Assembly,
PL 14.4.18.
13 Does the Feed Gear in the Tray 2 Feeder turn Check the Tray Go to step [14].
when printing one sheet of paper? 2 Feed Solenoid
for damage.
14 Use service diagnostics to test the Tray 2 Check the Go to stop [15].
Clutch Solenoid. stopper on the
feed solenoid
Does the solenoid function correctly?
and replace if
necessary.
PL 14.5.1.
16 Remove the Tray 2 Feed Solenoid connector Go to step [17]. Replace the
J824; Tray 2 Feed
Is J824-1 <=> J824-2 less than 100 ohms? Solenoid,
PL 14.4.17.
17 Verify the voltage between P/J83-11 <=> Go to step [18] Replace the
P/J81-1 on the Circuit Board HCF is +24 Lower Feeder
VDC. Circuit Board,
PL 14.5.1.
18 Check the OPT Feeder Plug Assembly to the Replace the Replace the
HCF Main Assembly to the Tray 2 Harness Engine Control open Harness
Assembly for continuity. Board, Assembly.
"Paper Tray 2" on page 366 RRP 12.7.

occurred in the printer. Tray 3 is free of defects and correctly installed in the printer.
Any obstruction, media and debris has been removed from the paper path and there is
displays.
HCF Paper Pick Assembly, PL 14.4.1

1 Does the printer feed paper correctly from Go to step [2]. See "Misfeed at
Tray 1? Tray 1 Jam T1"
on page 40.
2 Does the HCF Motor run when printing one Go to step [10]. Go to step [3].
sheet?
3 Use service diagnostics to test the HCF Replace the Go to step [4].
Motor. Engine Control
Does the HCF motor function correctly? Board,
RRP 12.7.
P/J81-1 on the Lower Feeder Circuit Board is
+24 VDC
5 Verify the voltage between P/J81-2 <=> Replace the Go to step [6]
P/J81-1 on the Lower Feeder Circuit Board Lower Feeder
HCF is +24 VDC. Circuit Board,
PL 14.5.1.
6 Verify the connector between the HCF and Replace the Go to step [7].
the printer is connected properly and not damaged part.
damaged.
7 Does the error recur after the HCF Motor has Go to step [8]. Complete
8 Perform steps 1 through 3 in RRP 14.3. Open Go to step [12]. Go to step [9].
and close the front door.
Dose the Turn Roller turn while the machine
is warming up?
9 Does the Tray 3 Turn Clutch Assembly Go to step [14]. Go to step [10].
function correctly when feeding 1 sheet of
paper?


10 Use service diagnostics to test the Tray 3 Check the clutch Go to step [11].
Turn Clutch. for slip or the
Does the clutch function correctly? gears for
damage.
PL 14.5.1.
12 Check the Tray 3 Harness for continuity. Go to step [13]. Replace the
See "Paper Tray 3" on page 367 Tray 3 Harness
Assembly,
PL 14.4.
13 Remove the Assembly, Clutch Turn Tray 3 Go to step [14]. Replace the
connector J835. Tray 3 Turn
Is J835-1 <=> J835-2 less than 200 ohms? Clutch
Assembly,
PL 14.4.18.
14 Does the Feed Gear in the Tray 3 Feeder turn Check the Go to step [16].
when feeding 1 sheet of paper? Solenoid for
damage.
15 Use service diagnostics to test the Tray 3 Check the Go to step [17].
Clutch Solenoid. stopper on the
Does the solenoid function correctly? feed solenoid
and replace, if
necessary.
PL 14.5.1.
17 Remove the Tray 3 Feed Solenoid connector Go to step [18]. Replace the
J834. Tray 3 Feed
Solenoid,
Is J834-1 <=> J834-2 less than 100 ohms?
PL 14.4.17.
18 Check the OPT Feeder Plug Assembly to the Replace the Replace the
HCF Main Assembly to the Tray 3 Harness Engine Control open Harness
Assembly for continuity. Board, Assembly.
See "Paper Tray 3" on page 367 RRP 12.7.

Close Front Door
The printer’s front panel displays “Close Front Door”. The front door is free of
obstructions and is fully closed. Printer power has been cycled and the message still
appears.

Front Cover, PL 1.1.2 "Main Wiring Diagram" on page 352
Motor Driver Board, PL 12.1.12 "Drive Section" on page 355

or damage: concerned.
Motor Driver Board, PL 12.1.12
Interlock Switch on Motor Driver Board
Actuator tab on the Front Cover
CAM I/R on the Top Imaging Unit Cover
Acutator I/L, PL 11.1.8
2 Use service diagnostics to test the Replace Engine Go to step [3].

Interlock Switch. Control Board,
Does the Interlock Switch function RRP12.7.
correctly?
3 Verify the voltage between P/J41-35 <=> Replace Engine Replace the Motor
P/J41-22 on the Motor Driver Board is 0 Control Board, Driver Board,
VDC. RRP12.7. RRP 12.3.
Close the Front Cover during the check.

Install or Reseat Imaging Unit
The printer’s front panel displays “Install or Reseat Imaging Unit”, the imaging unit
is correctly installed in the printer, Door C is fully closed and printer power has been
cycled and the message still appears.

Imaging Unit, PL 9.1.3 "Laser Unit" on page 359
"Fuser Assembly" on page 358
Step Actions and Questions Yes No

1 Remove the Imaging Unit. Remove foreign Go to step [2].
materials.
Inspect the printer cavity for damage,
foreign material and loose toner under the Vacuum out loose
auger area which could prevent the toner if found.
Imaging Unit from being seated properly.
Is there foreign material or damage?
2 Inspect and reseat the Imaging Unit Replace the Imaging Go to step [3].
checking for possible defects or damage. Unit, PL 9.1.3.
3 Remove the left cover. Damage can occur if Go to step [4].

Check the Gear Slide and the Rack V for the Gear and Rack
damage or misalignment. are not in the proper
position. With Door
See "Toner Cartridge Holder Unit C open, push the
Assembly (PL 10.1)" on page 203 for Rack V up as far as
more information, (RRP 10.1) it can go and then
reinstall the gear
slide.
4 Verify the CRUM connector is not Replace the Plate Go to step [5].
damaged or improperly connected. Dispenser Left,
PL 10.1.9.
5 Check the CRUM Harness for continuity. Go to step [6] Replace CRUM
Harness
See "Laser Unit" on page 359
Assembly,
PL 10.1.15.
6 Check the EEPROM Harness for Replace the Engine Replace

continuity. Control Board, EEPROM
See "Laser Unit" on page 359 RRP 12.7. Harness
Assembly,
PL 13.1.10.

Replace Imaging Unit or
Imaging Unit is at End of Life
The printer’s front panel displays “Replace Imaging Unit or Imaging Unit is at End of
Life” and the imaging unit has been replaced. Printer power has been cycled and the
message still appears.
Note: The “Imaging Unit is at End of Life” is a warning. “Replace
Imaging Unit” is a hard stop.

"Laser Unit" on page 359

1 Check the following parts for evidence of Replace the parts Go to step [2].
fault or damage: concerned.
Imaging Unit (CRC) PL 9.1.3
CRUM Connector on the Plate Dispenser
2 Replace the Imaging Unit . Go to step [3]. Complete

Does the error recur?
3 Verify the CRUM Harness is properly Go to step [4]. Replace the

connected. CRUM Harness
Assembly,
See "Laser Unit" on page 359
PL 10.1.15.
4 Check CRUM Harness Assembly for Go to step [5]. Replace the

continuity. CRUM Harness
See "Laser Unit" on page 359 Assembly,
PL 10.1.15.
5 Check the EEPROM Harness for Replace the Replace EEPROM

continuity. Engine Control Harness
Board, RRP 12.7. Assembly,
See "Fuser Assembly" on page 358
PL 13.1.10.

Install or Reseat Transfer Roller
The printer’s front panel displays “Install or Reseat Transfer Roller”. The CTD
(ADC) Sensor is clean and the transfer roller is correctly installed in the printer.
Printer power has been cycled and the error still appears.

CTD (ADC) Sensor Assembly , PL 5.1.11 "Xerographics 1" on page 360
Transfer Roller Assembly (CRU), PL 8.1.12

1 Check the following parts for damage and Complete Go to step [2].
replace if defective:
Transfer Roller (CRC,) PL 8.1.12
CTD (ADC) Sensor, PL 5.1.11
2 Clean the CTD (ADC) Sensor to remove Complete Go to step [3].

any toner build up.
Does this fix the problem?
3 Use service diagnostics to test the ADC Go to step [4]. Go to step [5]
Sensor.
Does the sensor function correctly/
4 Replace the Transfer Roller. Go to step [5]. Complete

5 Is the CTD (ADC) Harness connected to Go to step [6]. Connect properly

the CTD (ADC) Sensor correctly?
6 Check J 136 <=> J 1361 on the CTD Go to step [7]. Replace the CTD
(ADC) Harness for continuity. (ADC) Harness,
RRP 5.2.
7 Check J 1361 <=> J 13 on the Front 1A Go to step [8]. Replace the Front
Harness for continuity. 1A Harness
Assembly,
PL 13.1.7.
8 Verify the voltage between P/J136-5 <=> Replace the CTD Replace the
P/J136-3 on the Front 1A Harness (ADC) Sensor, Engine Control
Assembly is 0 VDC. RRP 5.2 Board, RRP 12.7.

Replace Transfer Roller or
Transfer Roller is at End of Life
The printer’s front panel displays “Replace Transfer Roller or Transfer Roller is at
End of Life”. The transfer roller has been replaced. Printer power has been cycled and
the error still appears.
Note: Look at the clear plastic window on the Transfer Roller. If
toner is present in the center of the window the Transfer
Roller is at end of life and needs to be replaced. If no toner is
visible, try cleaning the CTD (ADC) Sensor.
Note: The “Transfer Roller is at End of Life” is a warning.
“Replace Transfer Roller” is a hard stop.

Toner Full Sensor, PL 5.1.13 "Xerographics 1" on page 360

Transfer Roller PL 8.1.12
Toner Full Sensor PL 5.1.13
2 Use service diagnostics to test the Replace the Go to step [3].

Transfer Roller Toner Full Sensor. Engine Control,
Does the Transfer Roller Toner Full Board, RRP 12.7.
Sensor function correctly?
3 Remove the Transfer Roller Assembly. Go to step [5]. Go to step [4].

Verify the voltage between P/J141-2 <=>
P/J141-1 on the Transfer Roller Toner Full
Sensor Harness is 0 VDC.
4 Verify the voltage between P/J141-3 <=> Go to step [5]. Replace

P/J141-1 on the Transfer Roller Toner Full Assembly,
Sensor Harness is + 5 VDC. Harness EEPROM
PL 13.1
5 Check theTransfer Roller Toner Full Replace the Toner Replace the Toner
Sensor Harness for continuity Full Sensor, Full Sensor
RRP 5.3 Harness, RRP 5.3.
See "Xerographics 1" on page 360

Install or Reseat Fuser
The printer’s front panel displays “Install or Reseat Fuser”. The Fuser is correctly
installed and locked into position. Printer power has been cycled and the message still
appears.

Fuser Harness (FSR 2), PL 5.1.9 "Fuser Assembly" on page 358

1 Cycle power to the printer. Go to step [2]. Complete
Does the error recur
2 Check the Fuser Assembly for fault or Replace the Fuser Go to step [3].
damage. Assembly (CRC),
PL 8.1.1
Power cycle the
printer after
replacing the Fuser.
3 Does the error recur after replacing the Go to step [4]. Complete
Fuser Assembly?
4 Check the Fuser Harness (FSR2 - 110V Go to step [5]. Replace the
or Fuser 22 - 220V) for continuity. Fuser Harness,
See "Fuser Assembly" on page 358 FSR 2 = 110 V
FSR 22 = 220 V
PL 5.1.9.
5 Check theFRONT 1A Harness for Replace the Engine Replace the

continuity. Control Board, FRONT 1A
See "Fuser Assembly" on page 358 RRP 12.7. Harness
Assembly,
PL 13.1.7.

Replace Fuser or Fuser is at End of Life
The printer’s front panel displays “Replace Fuser or Fuser is at End of Life”. The
Fuser has been replaced and is firmly locked into position. Printer power has been
cycled and the error still appears.
Note: The “Fuser is at End of Life” is a warning. “Replace Fuser”
is a hard stop.
EEPROM Board, PL 10.1.16 "Laser Unit" on page 359
CRUM Harness Assembly, PL 10.1.15 "Fuser Assembly" on page 358

1 Check the connector to the Fuser Connect properly Go to step [2].
Assembly for damage. or replace the
parts concerned.
Power cycle the
printer.
2 Does the error recur after the Fuser has Go to step [3]. Complete
3 Replace the EEPROM Board. Troubleshoot Complete

Does the error recur? using the wiring
diagram "Fuser
Assembly" on
page 358
Replace the
Engine Control
Board, RRP 12.7.

Install or Lock [Y] [M] [C] [K] Toner Cartridge
The printer’s front panel displays “Install or Lock Yellow, Magenta, Cyan or Black
Toner Cartridge”. The corresponding toner cartridge is correctly seated, all shipping
tape has been removed and the cartridge is fully locked into position. Printer power
has been cycled and the error still appears.
Note: Follow this troubleshooting procedure using the Y, M, C or K
steps as appropriate for the color indicated by the front panel
error message.

Toner Present Switch, PL 10.1.18 "Developer Section 1" on page 356

1 Use service diagnostic to test the toner Replace the Engine Go to step [2].
present switch of the problem color. Control Board,
Does the Toner Present Switch (YMCK) RRP 12.7.
function normally?
2 Check the following for evidence of fault or Complete Go to step [3].

damage, replace the assembly if
defective:
Toner Present Switch (YMCK), PL 10.1.18
Toner Present Switch Connector (YMCK),
PL 10.1
3 Replace the Motor Driver Board. Go to step [4]. Complete

4 Troubleshoot the problem color using the Complete Replace the

wiring diagram in the "Developer Section Engine Control
1" on page 356. Board, RRP 12.7.
Replace any defective parts.

Replace [Y] [M] [C] [K]Toner Cartridge or
[Y] [M] [C] [K] Toner Cartridge Empty
The printer’s front panel displays “Replace Y, M, C, or K Toner Cartridge or Y, M, C,
or K Toner Cartridge Empty”. The corresponding cartridge has been replaced, power
to the printer has been cycled and the error still appears.
Note: “[Y] [M] [C] [K] Toner Cartridge Empty” is a warning
condition. “Replace [Y] [M] [C] [K] Toner Cartridge” is a
hard stop error.

Toner Low Sensor, PL 10.1.8 "Developer Section 1" on page 356
Motor Driver Board, PL 12.1.14 "Drive Section" on page 355
Toner Cartridge Holder Assembly, PL 10.1

1 Verify Toner Cartridge replacement of the Go to step [2]. Complete
of the problem color.
2 Use service diagnostics to test the Toner Go to step [3]. Complete

Low Sensor for the problem color.
If the test fails check the connector, if it is
ok replace the Toner Low Sensor for the
problem color.
3 Use service diagnostics to test the Toner Check the toner Go to step [4].
Motor. stirring auger or
Caution: Run this test for ONLY 5 gear for damage.
seconds to avoid packing the toner.
Does the Toner Motor function correctly?
4 Replace the Toner Motor. Complete Go to step [5].

5 Verify the auger tube of the problem color Go to step [6]. Inspect the toner
is full of toner near the hopper end. cartridge for
dispense
problems.
6 Check the Developer Drive Assembly, Replace the part Go to step [7].
PL 11.1.13 for evidence of fault or concerned.
damage.

replacing the Motor Driver Board?


8 Troubleshoot using the wiring diagrams: Replace the Complete
See "Developer Section 1" on page 356 Engine Control
and See "Drive Section" on page 355. Board, RRP 12.7.
Does the error still appear?

Dusty Density Sensor
The printer’s front panel displays “Dusty Density Sensor”. The sensor has been
cleaned and printer power has been cycled and the message still appears.


1 Clean the CTD Sensor to remove any Complete Go to step [2].
toner build up.
Transfer Roller Assembly, PL 8.1.12
CTD (ADC) Sensor Assembly , PL 5.1.11
3 Is the CTD (ADC) Harness connected to Go to step [4]. Replace the

the CTD (ADC) Sensor and functioning parts
correctly? concerned.
4 Replace the CTD (ADC) Sensor. Go to step [5]. Complete

Does the error still appear after replacing
the sensor?
5 Check the CTD (ADC) Harness for Go to step [6]. Replace the
continuity. CTD Harness
See "Xerographics 1" on page 360 Assembly,
PL 5.1.10.
6 Check the Front 1A Harness for Go to step [7]. Replace Front

continuity. 1A Harness,
PL 13.1.7.
See "Xerographics 1" on page 360
7 Verify the voltage between P/J1361-1 Replace the CTD Replace Engine
<=> P/J1361-3 on the CTD Harness is (ADC) Sensor Control Board,
0 VDC. Assembly, PL RRP 12.7.
5.1.11

Output Tray is Full, Unload Paper
The printer’s front panel displays “Output Tray is Full, Unload Paper”. The output
tray has been emptied of all paper, printer power has been cycled and the message
still appears.

Actuator Kit, PL 6.1.5 "Paper Feed" on page 362
Full Stack Sensor, PL 6.1.4

Actuator, Full Stack PL 6.1
Full Stack Sensor PL 6.1
2 Use service diagnostics to test the Full Replace Engine Go to step [3].
Stack Sensor. Control Board,
RRP 12.7
3 Replace the Full Stack Sensor. Go to step [4]. Complete

Does the sensor report an error once
replaced?
4 Troubleshoot the wiring using the wiring Replace defective Replace Engine
diagram "Paper Feed" on page 362. parts. Control Board,
RRP 12.7.

Insert Tray 1 or Tray 1 Missing
The printer’s front panel displays “Insert Tray 1” or “Tray 1 is Missing”. The tray 1
cavity is free of debris and obstructions. The paper tray is free of defects and properly
inserted into the printer. Printer power has been cycled and the message still appears.

Paper Size Switch Assembly, PL 3.2.4 "Paper Tray 1" on page 354

or damage. concerned.
Paper Size Switch Assembly, PL 3.2.4
Tray 1, PL 2.1.1
2 Use service diagnostics to test the paper Replace Engine Go to step [3].
size switches using the table below. Control Board,
Do the switches function normally? RRP 12.7.
3 Troublshoot using the wiring diagram Complete Replace Engine

"Paper Tray 1" on page 354 Control Board,
RRP 12.7.
Paper Size Switches are indicated as SW1, SW2, and SW3.

Paper Size Paper Size Switch
SW1 SW2 SW3
LEGAL14" ON ON ON
LEGAL13" ON ON OFF
EXECUTIVE ON OFF ON
B5 ON OFF OFF
A4 OFF ON ON
A OFF OFF ON
A5 OFF ON ON
(Used for reference only.
Supported by MPT only.)
No Tray OFF OFF OFF

Insert Tray [2] [3] orTray [2] [3] Missing
The printer’s front panel displays “Insert Tray 2 or 3” or “Tray 2 or 3 is Missing”. The
corresponding tray cavity is free of debris and obstructions. The paper tray is free of
defects and properly inserted into the printer. Printer power has been cycled and the
message still appears.

"Paper Tray 3" on page 367

damage: parts concerned.
Paper Size Switch Tray [2] [3], PL 14.3.6
Actuators on the side of the Tray [2] [3]
2 Use service diagnostics to test the Tray [2] Replace Engine Go to step [3].
[3] Paper Size Switches use the table below Control Board,
for reference. RRP 12.7.
Do the switches function correctly?
3 Troubleshoot using the Paper Tray [2] [3] Complete Replace the
wiring diagrams. Engine Control
Does the printer function correctly after Board, RRP
replacing any defective parts? 12.7.
Paper Size Switches are indicated as SW1, SW2, and SW3 from the above one.
SW1 SW2 SW3
LEGAL14" ON ON ON
LEGAL13" ON ON OFF
EXECUTIVE ON OFF ON
B5 ON OFF OFF
A4 OFF ON ON
A OFF OFF ON
A5 OFF ON ON
No Tray OFF OFF OFF

Tray 1 Paper is Low
The printers front panel displays “Tray 1 Paper is Low” when paper tray is full. Tray
1 has been inspected for defects. Printer power has been cycled and the error still
appears.

Low Paper Sensor, PL 3.3.4 "Paper Tray 1" on page 354
Low Paper Lever, PL 3.2.7

1 Fill the paper tray with paper to the fill Go to step [2]. Complete
line.
Low Paper; No Paper Sensor PL 3.3.4
No Paper Actuator, PL 3.3.5
3 Use service diagnostics to test the Tray 1 Replace the Go to step [4].
Low Paper Sensor. Engine Control
Do the sensor and actuator function Board, RRP 12.7.
properly?

5 Troubleshoot using the Paper Tray wiring Complete Replace the

diagrams Engine Control
Does the printer function correctly after Board, RRP 12.7.
replacing any defective parts?

Tray [2] [3] Paper is Low
The printers front panel displays “Tray 2 or 3 Paper is Low” when the paper tray is
full of paper. The tray has been inspected for defects. Printer power has been cycled
and the error still appears
In the following procedures, diagnose the part that correlates directly to the Tray
receiving the error.

Low Paper Sensor, PL 14.5.7 "Paper Tray 2" on page 366
Low Paper Lever, PL 14.5.8 "Paper Tray 3" on page 367
Troubleshooting Procedures Table

1 Fill the tray with paper. Go to step [2]. Complete
Does the error occur if the tray is full?
2 Check the following for evidence of fault or Replace the parts Go to step [3].
damage: concerned
Low Paper Sensor; PL 14.5.7
Low Paper Lever, PL 14.5.8
3 Use service diagnostics to test the Replace the Go to step [4].

Tray [2] [3] Low Paper Sensor. Engine Control
Do the sensor and actuator function Board,
properly? RRP 12.7.

replacing the Circuit Board HCF?
wiring diagrams. Engine Control
Does the printer function correctly after Board,
replacing any defective parts? RRP 12.7.

MPT Empty, Load Paper
The printer’s front panel displays “MPT Empty, Load Paper”, but the MPT has paper.
The MPT is securely attached to the printer and the guides are resting securely against
the both sides of the paper in the tray. Printer power has been cycled and the message
still appears.

MPT No Paper Sensor, PL 6.1.4 "Paper Feed" on page 362
MPT Actuator , PL 6.1.37

1 Fill the MPT with paper. Go to step [2]. Complete
Does the error occur even if the MPT is
full?
MPT No Paper Sensor PL 6.1.4
MPT Actuator, PL 6.1.37
3 Use service diagnostics, to test the MPT Replace Engine Go to step [4].
No Paper Sensor. Control Board,
RRP 12.7.
Does the Sensor function correctly?
4 Replace the MPT No Paper Sensor. Go to step [5]. Complete

Does the error recur after the MPT No
Paper Sensor was replaced?
5 Troubleshoot using the wiring diagram Complete Replace Engine

"Paper Feed" on page 362 Control Board,
Does the problem recur if any defective RRP 12.7.
parts are replaced.

Tray 1 Empty, Load Paper
The printer’s front panel displays “Tray 1 Empty, Load Paper” when the tray is full.
The tray 1 cavity is free of debris and obstructions. The tray is free of defects and is
properly positioned within the printer. Printer power has been cycled and the message
still appears.

No Paper Sensor, PL 3.3.4 "Paper Tray 1" on page 354
Link Actuator, PL 3.3.6

1 Fill Tray 1. Go to step [2]. Complete
Does the error occur even if the tray is
full?
No Paper Sensor, PL 3.3.4
3 Use service diagnostics to test the Tray 1 Replace Engine Go to step [4].
No Paper Sensor Control Board,
Does the sensor function correctly? RRP 12.7.

5 Troubleshoot using the wiring diagram Complete Replace the

"Paper Tray 1" on page 354. Engine Control

Load Tray 1 with [size] [type]
The printer’s front panel displays “Load Tray 1...” with a specific size and/or type of
paper. The tray 1 cavity is free from debris and obstructions. The paper tray is free
from defects, fully loaded with paper and all paper guides are seated securely against
the paper. Printer power has been cycled and the message still appears.
Note: This is a media SIZE mismatch error.


Paper Size Switch Assembly, PL 3.2.4
Tray 1 PL 2.1
2 Use service diagnostics to test the Paper Replace the Go to step [3].
Size Switches using the table below. Engine Control
Does the switch function normally? Board, RRP 12.7.


"Paper Tray 1" on page 354. Engine Control

SW1 SW2 SW3
LEGAL14" ON ON ON
LEGAL13" ON ON OFF
EXECUTIVE ON OFF ON
B5 ON OFF OFF
A4 OFF ON ON
A OFF OFF ON
A5 OFF ON ON
No Tray OFF OFF OFF

Load Tray [2] [3] with [size] [type]
The printer’s front panel displays “Load Tray 2 or 3...” with a specific size and/or
type of paper. The tray cavity is free from debris and obstructions. The paper tray is
free from defects, fully loaded with paper and all paper guides are seated securely
against the paper. Printer power has been cycled and the message still appears.
Note: This is a media SIZE mismatch error.

Paper Size Switch Tray [2] [3] PL 14.3.6 "Paper Tray 2" on page 366 and "Paper Tray 3" on
page 367
Troublshooting Procedure Table

damage: parts concerned.
Paper Size Switch Tray [2] [3] PL 14.3.6
Tray [2] [3] PL 14.1.1
2 Use service diagnostics to test the Tray [2] Replace the Go to step [3].
[3] switches, using the table below for Engine Control
reference. Board, RRP
Does the sensor and actuator function 12.7.
properly?

replacing the HCF Circuit Board ?
wiring diagrams Engine Control
Does the printer function correctly after Board,
replacing any defective parts? RRP 12.7.

SW1 SW2 SW3
LEGAL14" ON ON ON
LEGAL13" ON ON OFF
EXECUTIVE ON OFF ON
B5 ON OFF OFF
A4 OFF ON ON
A OFF OFF ON
A5 (Supported by MPT only.) OFF ON ON
No Tray OFF OFF OFF

Load Tray [MPT] [1] [2] [3] with [size] [type]
The printer’s front panel displays “Load ...” with a specific size and/or type of paper.
The tray cavity is free from debris and obstructions. The paper tray is free from
defects. Printer power has been cycled and the message still appears
Note: This is a media TYPE mismatch error indicating a
malfunction of the OHP Sensor.
OHP Sensor Kit PL 9.1.12 "Paper Feed" on page 362

1 Check the following for evidence of fault Replace OHP Go to step [2].
or damage: Sensor and
OHP Sensor and Harness PL 9.1.12 Harness
RRP 9.5.
Chute Assembly Registration PL 9.1.6
Assembly, Chute
Registration
RRP 9.3.
2 Using service diagnostics, test the OHP Replace the Go to step [3].
Sensor. Engine Control
Board, RRP 12.7.
Does the OHP Sensor function correctly?
P/J32-1 on the Engine Control Board is
0 VDC.
4 Block the OHP Sensor. Replace Engine Go to step [5].

Control Board,
Has P/J32-2 <=> P/J32-1 changed from 0
RRP 12.7.
VDC to +3.3 VDC?
5 Verify the voltage between P/J32-3 <=> Replace the OHP Replace the
P/J32-1 on the Engine Control Board is Sensor, RRP 9.5. Engine Control
+5 VDC. Board, RRP 12.7.

Laser Failure
Code 7: Laser power has failed
Code 8: SOS (start of scan) failure 1
Code 9: SOS failure 2
Code 10: Warm up failure
Code 11: This is the generic laser used by the engine if a lower level error cannot be
reported to the controller.

Laser Unit, PL 9.1.1 "Laser Unit" on page 359

1 Check and reseat P/J151 on the Laser Complete Go to step [2].
Unit.
Does the printer function correctly if the
harness is reseated?
2 Does the error recur after the Laser Unit Go to step [3]. Complete
has been replaced?
3 Check the Laser (ROSKA) Harness Replace the Replace the

(ROSKA) for continuity or damage. ROSKA Harness Engine Control
See the wiring diagram "Laser Unit" on Assembly, Board, RRP 12.7.
page 359 PL 13.1.5.

Density Sensor Failure or Low Density Failure
Code 12: An error was detected in the toner dispense system.
Code 13, 14, 15: An error was detected in the Density Sensor.
Code 16: This is a generic density sensor error that is generated when a code 12, 13,
14 or 15 is not specifically triggered.


1 Clean the CTD (ADC) Sensor to remove Complete Go to step [2].
any toner build up.
2 Use service diagnostics to test the ADC Go to step [4]. Go to step [3].
Sensor.
3 Does the error recur after the CTD (ADC) Go to step [4]. Complete
Sensor has been replaced?
Transfer Roller Assembly PL 8.1.12
Imaging Unit PL 9.1.3
5 Does the error recur after the Laser Go to step [6]. Complete
windows have been cleaned with a dry
lint free cloth?
6 Replace the Laser Unit. Go to step [7]. Complete

Does the error still occur?
7 Troubleshoot using the wiring diagram Complete Go to step [8].

"Xerographics 1" on page 360.
Does the printer function correctly after
8 Replace the Transfer Roller Assembly. Replace the Complete

Does the error still occur? Engine Control
Board, RRP 12.7.

Fuser Failure
Code 40: The temperature sensor sensed an overheat condition.
Code 41: The temperature sensor sensed a low temperature condition.
Code 43: Warm up failure, the temperature sensor does not detect the correct
temperature within 60.4 seconds after the fuser lamp has been turned on.

Low-Voltage Power Supply, PL 12.1.10 "Fuser Assembly" on page 358
FSR 2 Harness Assembly, PL 5.1.9

1 Ensure the correct Fuser (110v/220v) is Replace the parts Go to step [2].
installed in the printer, verify against the concerned.
label on the Fuser Assembly.
Check the Fuser Assembly for evidence
of fault or damage.
2 Remove the Fuser Assembly and check Replace the parts Go to step [3].
for broken or bent pins. concerned.
3 Does the error recur after the Fuser Go to step [4]. Complete
Assembly has been replaced with a new
one?
4 Replace the Low-Voltage Power Supply. Go to step [5]. Complete

Does the error recur after the LVPS has
been replaced?
5 Check the Fuser Harness for continuity. Go to step [6]. Replace the Fuser
Harness,
See the wiring diagram "Fuser Assembly"
FSR 2 = 110 V
on page 358.
FSR 22 = 22-0 V
PL 5.1.9.
6 Check the Front 1A Harness for Replace the Replace Front 1A

continuity: Engine Control Harness
See the wiring diagram "Fuser Assembly" Board, RRP 12.7. Assembly,
on page 358. PL 13.1.7.

Fuser Failure (cont’d)
Code 44: Indicates a failure in the Fuser Lamp circuit.

Low-Voltage Power Supply, PL 12.1.10 "Fuser Assembly" on page 358
Fuser Harness Assembly, PL 5.1.9

1 Check the Fuser Assembly for evidence Replace the parts Go to step [2].
of fault or damage. concerned.
one?
4 Replace the Low-Voltage Power Supply Go to step [5]. Complete

RRP 12.2.
Does the error recur after the LVPS has
been replaced?

"Fuser Assembly" on page 358.
6 Verify the voltage of P/J61-4 on the Motor Replace the LVNC Go to step [7].
Driver Board is 2.8 VDC. Harness Assembly,
PL 13.1.1.
7 Verify the voltage of P/J42-11 on the Replace the Motor Go to step [8].
Motor Driver Board is 2.8 VDC. Driver Board, RRP
12.3.
8 Verify the voltage of P/J12-20 on the Replace the Replace Front 1A

Engine Control Board is 2.8 VDC. Engine Control Harness
Board, RRP12.7. Assembly,
PL 13.1.7.

Fuser Failure (cont’d)
Fuser CRUM Failure
Code 45: CRUM data revise failure
Code 46: CRUM setting value failure
Code 47: This is the generic fuser code displayed when the printer cannot generate a
specific error. This error code can represent any fuser error code from 40 through 46.
In this instance, all of the Fuser Failure troubleshooting procedures need to be
completed until the error is resolved.
Fuser Firmware Failure

Code 76: The CRUM firmware has failed.

EEPROM Board, PL 10.1.16 "Fuser Assembly" on page 358
FSR 2 Harness Assembly, PL 5.1.9 "Laser Unit" on page 359

1 Check the Fuser Assembly for evidence Replace the parts Go to step [2].
of fault or damage. concerned.
one?
4 Troubleshoot using the wiring diagram Go to step [5]. Replace the

"Fuser Assembly" on page 358. Assembly,
Harness Fuser PL
13.1.
5 Troubleshoot using the wiring diagrams Replace the Replace

"Laser Unit" on page 359 and "Fuser Engine Control EEPROM
Assembly" on page 358 for the EEPROM Board, RRP 12.7. Harness
Harness. Assembly,
PL 13.1.10.

Fuser Fan Failure
Code 50

Fuser Fan, PL 1.1.7 "Drive Section" on page 355
Motor Driver Board, PL 12.1.12

1 Check the Fuser Fan for evidence of fault Replace the Fuser Go to step [2].
or damage. Fan, RRP 1.3.
2 Does an error recur after the Fuser Fan Replace the Go to step [3].
has been replaced? Engine Control
Board, RRP 12.7.
3 Does the error recur after the Motor Go to step [4]. Complete
Driver Board has been replaced?

"Drive Section" on page 355.
5 Print one sheet. Replace the DRV2 Replace the

Verify the voltage between Harness Assembly, Engine Control
P/J12-4<=>P/J12-17 on the Engine PL 13.1.3. Board, RRP 12.7.
Control Board is +3.3 VDC.

Rear Fan Failure
Code 51

Rear Fan, PL 12.1.2 "Main Wiring Diagram" on page 352
Low-Voltage Power Supply, PL 12.1.10

1 Check the Rear Fan for evidence of fault Replace the Rear Go to step [2].
or damage. Fan, RRP 12.4.
2 Does an error occur after the Rear Fan is Go to step [3]. Complete
replaced?
3 Replace the Low-Voltage Power Supply Go to step [4]. Complete

Board.
Does the error recur after the LVPS is
replaced?

"Main Wiring Diagram" on page 352. Engine Control
Replace any defective parts. Board, RRP 12.7.


Generic Fan Failure
Code 52: This is a generic fan error, generated by the Rear Fan or the Fuser Fan
circuit.

Fuser Fan, PL 1.1.7 "Main Wiring Diagram" on page 352
Rear Fan, PL 12.1.2 "Drive Section" on page 355

1 Check the following for evidence of fault Replace the Go to step [2].
or damage: defective fan.
Rear Fan, PL 12.1.2
Fuser Fan, PL 1.1.7
2 Isolate the problem fan by running service Go to the If both fans pass
diagnostics testing both the Rear Fan and troubleshooting diagnostics
Fuser Fan. procedure for the replace the
Did one of the fans fail? specific fan. Enginge Control
Board, RRP 12.7.

Engine Firmware Failure
Code 72: NVRAM verify error
Code 77: NVRAM data error

1 Does an error occur even if the power is Engine Control If the error
turned off and on? Board, RRP 12.7. returns again,
replace the
Engine Control
Board, RRP
12.7.
Engine Firmware Failure (cont’d)

Code 70: Task Table overflow
Code 71: Timer Table overflow
Code 73: Queue Buffer overflow
Code 74: Communications buffer overflow
Code 78: ESS Video data fail
Code 79: This is a generic Engine Firmware Failure code generated when any other
Engine Firmware Failure code fails to report to the controller properly.

1 Is the problem application related? Forward the Go to step [2].
application
information to ESS
for evaluation.
2 Turn printer power off and then back on. If the error Complete
Does the error recur? re-occurs, replace
the Engine Control
Board, RRP 12.7.

Imaging Unit Firmware Failure
Code 75: This is an Imaging Unit CRUM data error.
Caution Protect the imaging unit from exposure to light by covering
the unit or placing in a light proof bag.
Wiring and Plug/Jack Map References

"Fuser Assembly" on page 358

1 Check the Imaging Unit for defects or Replace the parts Go to step [2].
possible damage. concerned.
Replace the Imaging Unit.
2 Does the error recur if the Imaging Unit is Go to step [3]. Complete
replaced?
3 Is the CRUM Harness connector Replace the Plate Go to step [4].

damaged or improperly connected. Dispense Left,
PL 10.1.9.
4 Remove the left cover. Damage can occur Go to step [5].

Check the Gear Slide and the Rack V for if the Gear and
damage or misalignment. Rack are not in the
proper position.
Is the Rack V out of alignment? With Door C open,
See RRP 10.1 for more information. push the Rack V up
as far as it can go
and then reinstall
the gear slide.
5 Check J710 <=> J71 on the CRUM Go to step [6]. Replace the Plate
Harness for continuity. Dispense Left
Assembly,
Use the wiring diagram "Fuser
PL 10.1.9.
Assembly" on page 358.
6 Check J71 <=> J140 on the EEPROM Replace the Engine Replace the
Harness Assembly for continuity. Control Board, RRP EEPROM
Use the wiring diagram "Fuser 12.7. Harness
Assembly" on page 358. Assembly,
PL 13.1.10.

Controller to Engine Communications Failure
Code 81: This is a communication failure between the Image Processor Board and
the engine control board.
Note: When replacing the Image Processor Board, the NVRAM,
memory, configuration chip (‘i’ button) and the hard drive
must be transferred to the new Image Processor Board.

1 Cycle power to the printer. Is the error Complete Go to step [2].
cleared?
2 Is the error cleared by reseating the Complete Go to step [3].

Image Processor Board to Engine Control
Board.
3 Is the error cleared after replacing the Complete Replace the

Image Processor Board? Engine Control
See note above. Board,
RRP 12.7.
Engine NVRAM Error

Code 83: Engine NVRAM is being corrupted or receiving erroneous data from a
CRUM.

1 Cycle power to the printer. Go to step [2]. Complete
2 Perform the troubleshooting procedure on Complete Go to step [3].

page 71 for codes 45 & 46.
Did this resolve the problem?
3 Perform the troubleshooting procedure, Complete Replace the

Code 75, "Imaging Unit Firmware Engine Control
Failure" on page 77. Board, RRP 12.7.
Did this resolve the problem?

Non-Xerox Imaging Unit
Code 95: A non-Xerox Imaging Unit has been detected in the printer.

"Laser Unit" on page 359

1 Is the Imaging Unit the correct Xerox part Go to step [2]. Have customer
numbered Imaging Unit. order the correct
consumable.
2 Check the Imaging Unit for defects or Replace the parts Go to step [3].
possible damage. concerned.
3 Does replacing the Imaging Unit fix the Complete Go to step [4].
problem?
4 Verify the CRUM Harness is not damaged Go to step [4] Replace the Plate
or improperly connected. Dispense Left,
PL 10.1.9.
5 Remove the left cover. Damage can occur Go to step [5].

Check the Gear Slide and the Rack V for if the Gear and
damage or misalignment. Rack are not in the
proper position.
Is the Rack V out of alignment? With Door C open,
See RRP 10.1 for more information. push the Rack V up
as far as it can go
and then reinstall
the gear slide.
6 Check the CRUM Harness for continuity. Go to step [4]. Replace CRUM
Harness
J170 <=> J71.
Assembly,
PL 10.1.15.

Environmental Sensor Failure
Code 102: Indicates an error was detected in the environment sensor circuit.

Temperature/Humidity Sensor, PL 3.2.2 "Xerographics 1" on page 360
Temp/Humidity Harness, PL 3.2.1 "Xerographics 2" on page 361

1 Use service diagnostics to test the Go to step [2]. Replace the
Temperature/Humidity Sensor. Temp/Hum
Does the sensor function correctly? Sensor, RRP 3.5.
2 Troubleshoot using the wiring diagrams Complete Replace the

"Xerographics 1" on page 360 and Engine Control
"Xerographics 2" on page 361 Baord, RRP 12.7.
Is the problem resolved?

Troubleshooting
This section is for troubleshooting electrical, system power-up, print-quality, media
jams and paper path problems. For information on troubleshooting error codes, hard
stop and fatal errors, refer to the section "Error Messages and Codes" on page 17.
Troubleshooting is ordered as follows:
Contents
Page
System power-up and POST 83
System Boot Sequence 83
Power On Self Test (POST) 83
Power Supply and Printer Malfunctions 86
Printer does not come to Ready 87
Front Panel Troubleshooting 87
AC Power Supply Troubleshooting 88
DC Power Supply Troubleshooting 88
Media Jams and the Paper Path 90
Media based problems 90
Multiple-sheet pick 90
Mis-pick 90
Skewed Image 90
Damaged prints 91
Fuser Jams 91
Exit Jams 91
Operating System and Application Problems 92
Networking Problems 93
Print-Quality Problems 94
Isolating Print Quality Problems
Repeating Defect Identification Chart 95
Using the ‘Print Engine’ only test print 96
Light Prints 97
Light Print in only one color 98
Blank Prints 99
Solid Black Prints 100
Dirty Prints 101
Troubleshooting 81
Contents (cont'd.)
Page
Missing Band, Voids Or Streaks in a Single Color or All Colors Parallel 102
to Leading Edge
Missing Band, Voids Or Streaks in a Single Color or All Colors in 103
direction of paper travel
Repeating and Random Spots 104
Background contamination 105
Residual Imaging or Ghosting 106
Incomplete Fusing, Hot Offset or Cold Offset 107
Mis-registration or Color Layer not Correctly Registered 108

System Boot Sequence
1. When the main power switch is turned on, the health LED on the Image Processor
Board turns on immediately.
2. The boot loader checks for RAM present and functional. If not, it posts a very
large “RAM ERROR” on the front panel and blinks the LED 1/2 second on/off
continuously.
3. The boot Loader then runs POST diagnostics.
4. POST turns off the health LED.
5. Post checks the front panel.
6. If keys have been pushed, the front panel displays “Processing Input”.
7. The front panel LED cycles: Green, Yellow, Red, and then off.
8. The front panel turns on, the LED turns Green and the POST tests are run.
Power On Self Test (POST)

The following tests are performed when the printer is powered on, after the boot
loader runs, and before the operating system is loaded and initialized.
POST diagnostics are intended to provide a quick means of isolating a defective
subsystem associated with the Image Processor Board and SDRAM. POST returns
control to the boot loader and the operating system is loaded. The operating system
then loads the imaging processing software. If POST detected any soft errors, a
message is printed in a red box on the start page. If POST detects any hard errors,
both the front panel and health LED blink the error code pattern, see "LED Blink
Patterns" on page 84.
POST Startup indications
■ At power-on the hardware default is to turn on the IP board ‘health’ LED.
■ The Image Processor Board ‘health’ LED is turned off.
■ The front panel display is reset (addressable area becomes “gray”).
■ The Green LED turns on for 1/3 second.
■ The Yellow LED turns on for 1/3 second.
■ The Red LED turns on for 1/3 second.
■ The front panel LED is turned off.
■ The backlight is turned on (high intensity), with nominal contrast display.
■ The front panel display area is turned on, dark black for 1 second.
■ The front panel display is cleared.
■ The backlight is turned on with nominal intensity.
■ The POST Vn.nn message appears, and tests are quickly executed.
■ Ifany tests fail, the front panel screen freezes with the name of the test
displayed and the line posted is “Call Customer Service”.
■ Afterthe POST tests have finished running, the Xerox ‘splash screen’ is
posted to the front panel and PostScript begins initialization.
Troubleshooting 83
POST Faults
There are two kinds of faults: soft and hard.
A soft fault is any fault that is discovered by POST, but does not prevent the operating
system from initializing and becoming available as a tool for troubleshooting. These
POST faults do not stop execution and are reported on the StartPage in a red box after
the system is running.
A hard fault is any fault discovered by POST that prevents the operating system from
initializing successfully. A hard fault prevents the system from further execution and
is halted with blinking LEDs (front panel and health LED). The test name of the test
that failed is displayed on the front panel.
Fault Reporting Devices
There are four fault presentation devices.
■ All soft faults are printed on the StartPage.
For hard faults:
■ The health LED flashes according to the fault code.
■ The front panel LED flashes in unison with the health LED.
■ The last posted message to the graphic front panel is present.
LED Blink Patterns
For faults identified as hard faults, the POST firmware causes the PS health LED to
blink in a particular pattern to identify the fault. There are short and long blinks. A
long blink is worth 5 and a short blink is worth 1. If a fault blink pattern is flashed as
long, long, short, short, this is fault code 5+5+1+1=12, which indicates a failure in the
CPU interupt test, See “POST Diagnostics Test Descriptions” on page 85.
The exception to the above pattern is a RAM test error. The RAM tests have a special
blink pattern and the front panel displays “RAM Error”. During power up the front
panel LED is on. If the RAM tests fail, the Image Processor Board health LED is
turned off, and the front panel LED is red. At 1/2-second intervals, the health LED
and the front panel LED toggle continuously.

POST Diagnostics Test Descriptions
POST Diagnostics Test Descriptions

Test Fault Description
Code
SDRAM 1 (Hard) This test fails if the boot loader finds no RAM
present or faulty RAM.
Boot loader posts the message “RAM error” to the front
panel and blinks the front panel LED.
I/O ASIC 2 (Hard) This test determines if the I/O chip is functioning
properly.
Local Bus/ 3 (Hard) Performed during the POST firmware initialization
Front Panel phase.
If the front panel is unplugged, a hard fault is indicated by
the heath LED.
“i” Button 5 (Hard) This test checks to see if the “i” button
(Configuration (configuration chip) is present. If no chip is present the
Chip) test will fail and the front panel message “Please Install “i”
button” will display.
EEPROM 10 (Hard) This test checks addressing of the EEPROM.
Ethernet 11 (Hard) This test checks the ethernet core.
CPU Interrupts 12 (Hard) This test checks that each interrupt source to the
CPU is functioning.
USB 13 (Hard) This test checks that the USB core is functioning
properly.
Real Time Clock 14 (Soft) The real time clock is tested.
RAM DIMM 15 (Soft) This test examines bad or incompatible RAM
Presence DIMMs.
RAM Limits 16 (Soft) Checks that there is at least 128 Mbytes installed
and ignores more than 512 Mbytes.
IDE Disk 20 (Soft) Checks the disk controller core, and runs a
DIAGNOSE command on the hard drive.
Engine Command 22 Hard
Memory 24 (Hard) This test checks 64-bit reads and writes to
memory.
Troubleshooting 85
Power Supply
Low-voltage Power Supply Overcurrent Protection Circuit
This circuit stops all outputs if the 24 VDC, 5 VDC or 3.3 VDC power supply is
shorted. The circuit is reset when the short is removed, the power is turned off and
then on again.
Low-voltage Power Supply Overvoltage Protection Circuit
This circuit stops all outputs if the 24 VDC, 5 VDC or 3.3 VDC power supply
exceeds the specified voltage. The operating point is 32 VDC or more for 24 VDC,
7 VDC or more for 5 VDC, or 6 VDC or more for 3.3 VDC.
Fan Output Circuit
For the Fan Rear ON (H) signal, the output voltage varies depending on the status of
FAN LOW signal and FAN STOP signal.
+24 VDC Output Stopped By Interlock Switch
Opening Door A, B or C deactivates the front cover interlock switch. This shuts off
the +24 VDC supplied by the Motor Driver Board to the motors, clutches and
solenoids.
Outline of Paper Size Switch Assembly
Paper size and tray installation is determined by a combination of ON/OFF statuses
of the upper, middle, and lower switches of the Switch Paper Size Assembly.
Paper size Switches

Upper Middle Lower
LEGAL14" ON ON ON
LEGAL13" ON ON OFF
EXECUTIVE ON OFF ON
B5 ON OFF OFF
A4 OFF ON ON
LETTER OFF OFF ON
A5 (for reference only, supported in the MPT only) OFF ON ON
No Tray OFF OFF OFF

Front Panel and Printer Malfunctions
Engine Power-Up Sequence
1. Engine Control Board logic check.
2. Imaging Unit (Detached, NVRAM (CRUM) Error, CRUM ID, Life Over).
3. Fuser (Detached, NVRAM(CRUM) Error, Life Over)
4. Toner Cartridge (Detached, Life Over)
5. Transfer Roller (Detached, Life Over)
6. CTD Sensor (Error)
7. All paper sensor (Jam)
8. OHP sensor (Jam)
9. Door(s) (Open)
10.Environment Sensor (Error)
11.NVRAM (NVRAM error)
12.Image Processor Board POST Diagnostic check
Printer Does Not Come to a "Ready" State
1. ·See “AC Power Supply Troubleshooting” on page 88.
No Front Panel Display After Power Switch is Turned On
1. Remove and reseat the Image Processor Board.
2. See “DC Power Supply Troubleshooting” on page 88.
3. Replace the Front Panel wiring harness RRP 1.2.
4. Replace the Front Panel RRP 1.2.
5. Replace the Image Processor Board RRP 12.8.
Front Panel LED is on, no Front Panel Message (Blank Display)
1. Remove and reseat the Imaging Processor Board
2. Replace the Front Panel wiring harness RRP 1.2.
3. Replace the Front Panel RRP 1.2.
4. Replace the Image Processor Board RRP 12.8.
Front Panel Continually Displays "Warming Up"
1. Verify the correct Fuser (110V vs 220V) is installed in the printer.
2. See the Engine Power-Up Sequence.
Front Panel Continually Displays "Install or Reseat Imaging Unit"
1. See “Install or Reseat Imaging Unit” on page 48.
Troubleshooting 87
AC Power Supply Troubleshooting

Triage Parts Wiring and Plug/Jack Map References
Low Voltage Power Supply, PL 12.1.10 "Power Supply" on page 353
AC Switch Harness Assembly, PL 12.1.11 "Drive Section" on page 355

1 Check the voltage at the AC wall outlet. Go to step [2]. Notify the
Is there approximately 110VAC (or customer of
220VAC if the printer is a 220V model) at improper AC
the AC wall outlet? output from the
outlet.
2 Check the power cord for defects or a Replace or reseat Go to step [3].
loose connection. the power cord.
3 Disconnect the Power Cord and turn the Replace the Replace the AC
AC switch ON. Low-Voltage Switch Harness
Power Supply, Assembly,
Check the AC Switch Harness for
PL 12.1.12. PL 12.1.11.
continuity.
See “Drive Section” on page 355.
DC Power Supply Troubleshooting

Triage Parts Wiring and Plug/Jack Map References
Low Voltage Power Supply, PL 12.1.10 "Power Supply" on page 353

1 Perform the AC power supply troubleshooting procedure first, if this does not fix the
problem go to step [2]
2 Turn the AC power Switch OFF. Replace the Go to step [3].

Is the fuse (F001) on the low-voltage Low-Voltage
power supply board open? Power Supply
Board,
RRP 12.2.


3 Disconnect the connectors J163, J164 Go to step [4]. Replace the
and J165 from the LVPS, turn the AC Low-Voltage
power switch on and verify the DC Power Supply
voltages between the following pins on Board, RRP 12.2.
the Low Voltage Power Supply board.
P163-1 <=> P163-2 = +24VDC?
P164-1 <=> P164-2 = +3.3VDC?
P165-1 <=> P165-2 = +5VDC?
P165-3 <=> P165-4 = +3.3VDC?
Caution:
Be careful not to touch any other pins
during these measurements or you may
blow the fuse (F001) on the LVPS.
4 Turn the AC power switch OFF. Go to step [6]. Go to step [5].

Connect J164 to the LVPS then turn the
AC power switch ON.
P/J164-1 <=>P/J164-2 = +3.3 VDC?
5 Check the following parts for fault or Replace if Go to step [6].

damage: damaged or
defective.
LVRPG Harness Assembly for damage or
if it is shorted to the frame.
Engine Control Board.
6 Turn the AC power switch OFF. Go to step [8]. Go to step [7].

AC power switch ON.
Verify:
P/J165-1 <=> P/J165-2 = +5 VDC?
P/J165-3 <=> P/J165-4 = +3.3 VDC?
7 Check the following parts for fault or Replace if Go to step [8].

damage: damaged or
LVNC Harness Assembly defective.
Motor Driver Board
8 Turn the AC power Switch OFF Complete Go to step [9].

AC power switch ON.
P/J163-1 <->P/J163-2 = +24 VDC?
9 Check the following for fault or damage: Replace if Complete

24V Harness Assembly damaged or
defective.
Motor Driver Board
Troubleshooting 89
Media Jams and the Paper Path
Media-based problems
1. Check that the correct type of media is being used; for the correct media types and
weights, see "Printer Specifications" on page 10. The customer should be using a
quality laser printer paper. The printer may have trouble picking slick-finish paper.
2. Only Phaser 6200 transparency film can be used in this printer.
3. Inspect the paper for bent, torn, or folded corners.
4. Ensure that the correct media type is set in the front panel.
5. Ensure that the paper guides are set correctly.
6. Ensure that the media is a supported type for the tray. See “Media and Tray
Specifications” on page 14, for the correct media types, sizes and weights for each
tray.
7. Load a fresh ream of paper in the tray.
Multiple-sheet pick
1. Ensure that the paper is in good condition and appropriate for a laser printer;
quality office laser printer paper works best.
2. Ensure that the printer is printing within its environmental specifications by using
the built-in service diagnostics temperature/humidiy test.
3. Remove the tray and ensure the paper is correctly loaded, the guides are securely
against the paper and the tray has not been over filled.
4. Try loading paper from a fresh ream, fan the paper, and then insert into the tray or
flip existing paper over.
5. Check the tray’s retard roller for damage.
6. Clean the pick rollers with a clean, dry, lint-free wipe.
7. Replace the paper pick rollers.
8. Replace the paper tray.
Mis-pick
1. Check that the correct type of media is being used.
2. Ensure that the tray has not been over filled.
3. Try loading paper from a fresh ream, fan the paper, and then insert into the tray or
flip existing paper over.
5. Troubleshoot the paper pick roller assembly.
Skewed image
The image area is not parallel with the sides of the page but the printer neither jams
nor displays an error code.
1. Remove the tray and ensure the paper guides are set correctly.
2. Check that the correct type of media is being used.
3. Ensure that the tray has not been over filled. (Skewed images are a common defect
when the MPT is filled too high.)
4. Verify the paper pick rollers are installed correctly.
6. Troubleshoot the paper pick roller assembly.

Damaged prints
The printed page exits the printer either wrinkled, creased, or torn. The printer
neither jams nor displays an error code.
1. Stop the page at various points in the paper path to determine where the media
becomes damaged. See “Paper Path Route” on page 315 for more information.
2. Try using the next heaviest type of paper. For more information print the Paper
Tips Page from the printer’s Printable Pages Menu.
3. Feed paper through the printer from each of the available trays. Is the paper
damaged when fed out of one tray but not when fed out of the others? If so, inspect
the tray for damage, ensure that the media guides are set correctly and verify that
the proper media is being used.
4. Feed paper from the MPT. Is the paper damaged when fed out of MPT? Inspect
the MPT for debris or obviously broken components that could be damaging the
paper as it feeds out of the assembly and into the printer.
5. Inspect the paper tray for debris or broken components.
Fuser jams
1. Ensure the paper is in good condition and is the correct type for the printer. See
“Media and Tray Specifications” on page 14 for the correct media types, sizes and
weights for each tray.
2. Ensure only Phaser 6200 Transparency film is being used.
3. Check that the printer is operating within its environmental specifications.
4. Ensure that the loaded media matches the front panel settings.
5. Are the margins on the page greater than 5 mm?
6. Check the Fuser area for debris.
7. Visually inspect the Fuser baffle for burrs.
8. Test the fuser motor using service diagnostics.
9. See “Jam at Fuser Jam F” on page 31 for troubleshooting Fuser Jams.
Exit jams
1. Ensure the paper is in good condition and is the correct type for the printer. See
“Media and Tray Specifications” on page 14 for the correct media types, sizes and
weights for each tray.
2. Ensure the printer is within its operating environmental specifications.
3. Ensure that the loaded media matches the front panel settings.
4. Is the jam caused by a heavy, stiff paper being used for two-sided printing? In
such cases, a lighter grade of paper should be used, see the printer’s Paper Tips
Page.
5. Clean all exit locations in the Fuser and the Assembly, Chute Exit with a clean,
dry, lint-free wipe, if debris is visible.
6. Does the Exit Roller turn? Test the Duplex Motor using service diagnostics. For
information on service diagnostics, see "Service Diagnostics" on page 23.
7. See “Jam at Duplex Jam D” on page 33 for troubleshooting duplex jams if the
Duplex Motor test fails.
Troubleshooting 91
Operating System and Application
Problems
Print an internal test print from the printer’s front panel to ensure the problem is not
printer related. See “Using the Print Engine Only Test Print” on page 96
Troubleshooting tips and more information are also available on the Xerox web site
at: www.xerox.com/officeprinting/support.
Macintosh printing problems

Image never prints
Printer acts as if it is receiving data, but nothing comes out of the printer or it goes
back to “Ready” mode without printing. The most likely cause is a PostScript error
occurred in the printer.
1. Power cycle the printer and try printing again.
2. Make sure that the correct Phaser 6200 printer icon was selected in the Chooser.
Try printing the job again.
3. In the Chooser or the print dialog, switch background printing to off. Try printing
the job again.
4. If the error returns, turn ON the PostScript error handler through the front panel
PostScript Error Info in the Support menu, or CWIS and print the document again.
Take note of the information on the error page that just printed.
5. Select the appropriate Phaser 6200 PPD with the LaserWriter Driver or
application. Not selecting the appropriate PPD can cause PostScript errors.
6. Select a different document from the application and try to print. If the PostScript
error does not occur, then the original document may be causing the problem.
Image prints in black-and-white
1. Ensure the driver setting for TekColor tab is not set to “Black & White”.
Image is rotated 90 degrees
1. In the application's Page Setup, make sure that the image is selected to print in portrait
or landscape orientation to match the document. Also, ensure the selected paper size is
correct.
Windows printing problems

Image never prints
1. Try printing a test page from the printer driver’s properties dialog box.
2. Try printing from another application.
3. Try printing to another printer.
4. Try printing from another computer.
5. If the error returns, turn ON the PostScript error handler through the front panel
PostScript Error Info in the Support menu, or CWIS and print the document again.
Take note of the information on the error page that just printed.

Network Problems
The Phaser 6200 printer maintains 4 logs in memory detailing network functions. The
logs contain TCP/IP, NetWare and AppleTalk initialization events. The logs can also
be accessed remotely via CentreWare.
The logs list events chronologically. The log is limited in length; when the log is full
the printer stops recording data to the log. The logs are stored on the Hard Drive so
only new data is stored each time the printer’s power is cycled.
There is a Connection Setup Page, Configuration Page and a network reset available
for troubleshooting Network problems.
To print an Event Log, Runtime Log or Configuration Page:
1. Enter normal ‘Customer Mode’.
2. From the main menu, highlight Support Menu and press OK.
3. Scroll and highlight Network Questions? and press OK.
4. Highlight the appropriate menu item from the list and select OK.
5. The page should now print.
Troubleshooting 93
Print-Quality Problems
Print-quality defects can be attributed to printer components, consumables, media,
internal software, external software applications and environmental conditions. To
successfully troubleshoot print quality problems, as many variables as possible must
be eliminated. The first step is to generate prints using printable pages embedded in
the printer on laser paper from the approved media list. The paper should be from an
unopened ream that has been acclimated to room temperature.
See the approved media list, "Xerox Supplies and Accessories" on page 296 for
media that has been tested and approved for use in the Phaser 6200 printer. If the
print-quality defect is still present when printing on approved media from an
unopened ream of paper, then media, software applications, and environmental
conditions need to be researched.
Print the Usage Profile Report to determine the temperature and humidity the printer
has been operating under. Compare this to the environmental specifications for the
printer found in "Environmental Specifications" on page 13 of this manual.
Temperature and humidity extremes can adversely effect the Xerographic and fusing
characteristics of the printer.
The Phaser 6200 printer uses an Imaging Unit that contains all the imaging drums and
developers for all four colors in one Customer Replaceable Consumable.
Print-quality defects can be isolated to one particular component in the print engine,
See “Repeating Defects Identification Chart” on page 95 or print the Repeating
Defects Page from the front panel. When a single component of the Imaging Unit is
causing a print-quality defect, the entire Imaging Unit must be replaced.
When analyzing a print-quality defect, first determine if the defect occurs in all colors
or only one color and if it is repeating or random. Defects occurring in only one color
are usually attributable to the Imaging Unit. Continuous defects in the process
direction, such as voids and lines, are the most difficult to diagnose. The visible
surfaces of all rollers should be inspected for obvious defects. If no defects are
observed, the Imaging Unit, Transfer Roller and Fuser should be changed one at a
time until the defect has been eliminated.

Some print-quality problems can be associated with specific assemblies, the most
common problems and the associated assemblies are listed below. Also, refer to the
specific print-quality troubleshooting procedure for more information.
■ Imaging Unit
■ Streaks
■ Fine Lines
■ Banding in Process Direction
■ Uneven Density
■ Voids
■ Repeating Defects
■ Transfer Roller
■ Toner on the back side of the printed page (simplex mode)
■ Light Prints
■ Fuser
■ Hot or Cold Offsetting

Repeating Defects Identification Chart
FRU Component Distance between Defects
Imaging Unit Developer Roller [YMCK] 28 mm (1.10 in.)
Drum [YMCK] 62 mm (2.44 in.)
Drum Charge Rollers 25 mm (1 in.)
IDT 1 (Y and M, C and K) 132 mm (5.20 in.)
IDT 2 all colors together 132 mm (5.20 in.)
Transfer Roller Transfer Roller 64 mm (2.52 in.)
Fuser Assembly Fuser Assembly 82 mm (3.23 in.)
Troubleshooting 95
Using the Print Engine Only Test Print
Print-quality and engine logic problems can be easily isolated to either the Image
Processor Board or the Print Engine by running the Print Engine Only Test Print.
1. Turn printer power OFF.
2. Remove the Image Processor Board.
3. Turn printer power ON.
4. Look inside the Image Processor Board cavity, on the rear of the Engine Control
Board locate jumper pins 1 and 2 on connector P31.
5. With a long screwdriver, touch the pins to short and start the test process, the pins
must remain shorted to execute the test.
6. The printer will begin to print the 600 x 600 engine test print unless an error status
from the Engine Control Board is present. Printing will continue until the jumper
is removed from pin 1 to 2. The prints that are in process will be completed.
Note: Power to the front panel is disabled during this test. The
front panel graphics and all LED’s are off.

Light Prints
Verify the media used is supported by this

printer. See “Media and Tray Specifications” on
page 14 for the correct media types, sizes and
weights for each tray. Verify the media settings
are correct at the front panel and that color
calibration has been performed prior to using
this troubleshooting procedure.
S6200-283
Step Check Yes No

1 Check the Imaging Unit, Fuser Replace or reinstall Go to step [2].
Assembly and Transfer Roller for the affected
correct installation, damage or component.
contamination, and life remaining.
2 Does the image quality improve if Complete. Go to step [3].
the Imaging Unit is replaced?
3 Check the Heat Roll and NIP Belt for Replace the Fuser Go to step [4].
evidence of damage or Assembly (CRC),
contamination. See “Transfer Roller PL 8.1.1
and Fuser Assembly” on page 331
4 Does the image quality improve if Complete Go to step [5].
the Transfer Roller is replaced?
5 Check the Front 1A Harness for Go to step [6]. Replace the defective
continuity. wire.
P/J5030 <=> Transfer roller.
P/J5020 <=> Transfer roller
the Laser Unit is replaced?
the SUB-HVPS is replaced?
8 Check the FRONT 1A Harness for Replace the Engine Replace the Front 1A ,
continuity. Control Board, Harness Assembly
RRP 12.7. PL 13.1.7.
Troubleshooting 97
Light Print in Only One Color
Only one color, yellow, magenta, cyan or black,

is too light on the printed image. The test print
is 80% coverage. Verify the media used is
supported by this printer. See “Media and Tray
Specifications” on page 14 for the correct
media types, sizes and weights for each tray.
Verify the media settings are correct at the front
panel and that color calibration has been
performed prior to using this troubleshooting
procedure.
S6200-272
Step Check Yes No

1 Check the Imaging Unit for correct Replace the Go to step [2].
installation, damage or Imaging Unit (CRC).
contamination. PL 9.1.3.
Verify the shipping seals are
completely removed.
2 Is the affected color(s) toner supply Replace Toner Go to stop [3].
empty? Cartridge, PL 10.1
3 Check for foreign objects or Remove object Go to step [4].
contamination present in the laser and/or
beam path between the Laser Unit contamination.
and the Imaging Unit.
4 Inspect the Developer Bias Plunger Go to step [5]. Replace the Housing
Stud of the effected color for proper Assembly Bias
spring pressure, compare to the RRP 9.2.
other colors.
Check for contamination
5 Check the following pins between Go to step [6]. Replace the Housing
the Engine Control Board and the Assembly Bias
Housing Assembly Bias for RRP 9.2.
continuity, depending on the color
affected.
J 601<=>DEVE Y contact
J 602<=>DEVE M contact
J 603<=>DEVE C contact
J 604<=>DEVE K contact
6 Replace the Laser Unit, Complete Replace the Engine
RRP 9.1 Control Board,
Does the image quality improve if RRP 12.7.

Blank Prints
The entire image area is blank.
S6200-288
Step Check Yes No

1 Run the 600 x 600 test print from Replace the Image Go to step [2].
service diagnostics. Processor Board
RRP 12.8.
Examine the print, see "Resetting
NVRAM" on page 114 for evaluating
the print.
2 Check for an obstruction in the laser Remove the Go to step [3].
beam path between the Laser Unit obstruction.
and the Imaging Unit.
3 Does the image quality improve if Replace the Go to step [4].
the Imaging Unit is replaced? Imaging Unit (CRC)
PL 9.1.3.
4 Does the imaging quality improve if Replace the Go to step [5].
the Transfer Roller is replaced? Transfer Roller
(CRC) PL 8.1.12.
5 Does the image quality improve if Replace the Laser Replace the Engine
the Laser Unit is replaced? Unit, RRP 9.1. Control Board,
RRP 12.7.
Troubleshooting 99
Black Prints with White Margin Border
The entire image area, except the margins, are

black
S6200-289
Step Check Yes No

1 Run the 600 x 600 test print from Replace the Image Go to step [2].
service diagnostics. Processor Board,
Examine the print, see "Resetting RRP 12.8
NVRAM" on page 114 for evaluating
the print.
2 Does the image improve if the laser Replace the Engine Go to step [3].
beam path between the Laser Unit Control Board,
and the Imaging unit is blocked with RRP 12.7.
a sheet of paper?
the Imaging Unit is replaced? Imaging Unit (CRC,)
PL 9.1.3.
RRP 12.7.

Solid Dark or Dirty Prints, No Border
The prints appear very dirty and brown over

the entire page.
This print-quality symptom is a composite
image of all colors with no margin. This is
caused by a charge voltage failure. For
information on the Imaging Unit charge
contacts, see "Theory of Operation" on
page 301.
S6200-292
Step Check Yes No

1 Is the problem resolved after Complete Go to step [2].
replacing the Imaging Unit?
2 Inspect the Imaging Unit charge Complete Go to step [3].
voltage contacts (PL9.1.5) and the
Bias Housing Assembly (PL 9.1.4) in
the printer for any damage or
defects. See "Imaging Unit Charge
Voltage Contacts" on page 334.
3 Is the problem resolved after Complete Replace the Engine
replacing the Sub-High Voltage Control Board, RRP
Supply Board? 12.7.
Note: After replacing any component in Step 2 or 3, run the Clean

the Imaging Unit IDT1 and IDT2 rollers from the
Maintenance section of Service Diagnostics. See “Service
Diagnostics Tests and Functions Table” on page 24
Troubleshooting 101
Missing Band, Voids Or Streaks In a Single Color or
All Colors Parallel to the Leading Edge
There are areas of the image that are extremely
light or missing entirely. These missing areas form
bands parallel to the leading edge.
S6200-273
Step Check Yes No

1 Is the 600x600 test pattern printed Replace the Image Go to step [2].
from service diagnostic correct? Processor Board,
RRP 12.8.
2 Is the paper wrinkled, dimpled or Complete Go to step [3].
show any signs of having a high
moisture content? Is the problem
resolved by loading fresh dry paper?
3 Print a Repeating Defects Page. Replace the Go to step [4].
Do the defects correspond to a indicated CRU.
Customer Replaceable Unit?
See “Repeating Defects
Identification Chart” on page 95
the Imaging Unit is replaced? Imaging Unit (CRC)
PL 9.1
5 Check the Heat Roller and NIP Belt Replace the Fuser Go to step [6].
in the Fuser Assembly for evidence Assembly (CRC),
of contamination or damage. PL 8.1.1
6 Does the imaging quality improve if Replace the Go to step [7]
(CRC), PL 8.112.
7 Check the following pins for Go to step [8] Replace the defective
continuity; J5030 and J5020 <=> wire.
Transfer Roller.
8 Does the image quality improve if Replace the Go to step [9]
the SUB HVPS is replaced? S-HVPS, RRP 10.6
RRP 12.7.

Missing Band, Voids or Streaks in a Single Color or
All Colors in Direction of Paper Travel
There are areas of the image that are extremely light

or missing entirely. These missing areas form bands
that run along the paper from the leading edge to
the trailing edge, in the direction of paper travel.
S6200-274
Step Check Yes No

1 Print the 600 x 600 test print and Replace the Image Go to step [2].
evaluate the print. Processor Board,
Are there defects in the print? RRP 12.8
2 Is the paper wrinkled, dimpled or Complete Go to step [3].

show any signs of having a high
moisture content? Is the problem
resolved by loading fresh dry paper?
3 Check for an obstruction in the laser Remove the Go to step [4].
beam path between the Laser Unit obstruction or
and the Imaging Unit. debris.
Lay Imaging Unit on it’s back with
the IDT Rollers facing up and rotate
the developer gears to remove any
loose toner.
the Imaging Unit is replaced? Imaging Unit (CRC,)
PL 9.1.3.
in the Fuser Assembly for evidence Assembly, PL 8.1.1.
of contamination or damage.
(CRC,) PL 8.1.12.
RRP 12.7.
Troubleshooting 103
Repeating and/or Random Spots
Spots of toner are randomly scattered across the page or at a fixed repeating interval.
S6200-276
Step Check Yes No

1 Print the Repeating Defects Page Replace the Go to step [2].
from the Support<-> Improve Print indicated CRU.
Quality? Menu.
Do the defects correspond to a
Customer Replaceable
Consumable?
See “Repeating Defects
Identification Chart” on page 95.
the Imaging Unit is replaced? Imaging Unit (CRC),
PL 9.1.3
in the Fuser Assembly for evidence Assembly, PL 8.1.1.
of contamination or damage. See
“Transfer Roller and Fuser
Assembly” on page 331.
(CRC), PL 8.1.12
the SUB HVPS is replaced? SUB-HVPS,
RRP 10.6.
RRP 12.7.

Background Contamination
There is toner contamination on all or most

of the page. The contamination appears as a
very light gray dusting. The printer displays
no error code. Before using this procedure,
Ensure the TekColor Correction is not set to
“None” in the printer’s dialog box. Ensure
the customer is making less than 2,000
prints per day. Making more than 2,000
prints a day exceeds the duty cycle
specifications for the printer.
S6200-285
Step Check Yes No

1 Check the Imaging Unit, Fuser Replace or reinstall Go to step [2].
Assembly and the Transfer Roller for the affected
correct installation, damage or component.
contamination.
the Imaging Unit is replaced? Imaging Unit (CRC),
PL 9.1.3.
of contamination or damage. See PL 8.1.1.
“Transfer Roller and Fuser
Assembly” on page 331.
4 Does the imaging quality improve if Complete Go to step [5].
5 Check the following pins to the Go to step [6]. Replace the defective
transfer roller contacts for continuity: wire.
J5030 <=> Transfer Roller
J5020 <=> Transfer Roller
the S-HVPS is replaced?
8 Check J 5011 <=> J13 for continuity. Replace the Engine Replace the Front 1A ,
Control Board, Harness Assembly
RRP 12.7 PL 13.1.7.
Troubleshooting 105
Residual Image, Ghosting or Hot Offset
There are faint, ghostly images appearing

on the page. The images may be either from
a previous page or from the page currently
printed. The printer displays no error code.
Hot Offset: A light image of the print is
repeated and offset 82m. See “Repeating
Defects Identification Chart” on page 95.
S6200-284
Step Check Yes No

1 Was the customer printing numerous Avoid long runs of Go to step [2].
copies of the same image? the same image.
2 Set the paper to the next heaviest Complete Go to step [3].
type. Does this resolve the problem?
3 Does the ghosting appear in only Replace the Go to step [4].
one or 2 colors? Imaging Unit (CRC),
PL 9.1.3.
of contamination or damage. PL 8.1.1.
5 Does the image quality improve after Complete Go to step [6].
the Fuser has been replaced?
6 Does the imaging quality improve if Complete Go to step [7].
the LVPS is replaced? (The fuser
control circuit is located on the
LVPS)
8 Print a usage profile, do the Replace the Engine Replace the
temperature and humidity values Control Board, Temperature/Humidity
reported seem to agree with the RRP 12.7. Sensor, RRP 3.5.
actual conditions?

Incomplete Fusing or Cold Offset
Incomplete Fusing: The toner is not completely fused to the paper and easily rubs
off.
Cold Offset: Portions of the image are not fully fused and flake or rub off.
Xerox Phaser 6200DP

Service Prints[Page 2/3]
Media Type: Paper, Letter
S6200-224 S6200-286
Step Check Yes No

1 Is the problem resolved by running Complete Go to step [2].
“Remove Print Smears” from the
printer’s front panel.
Is the problem resolved by changing
the paper type setting on the printer?
Hot offset: One type lighter.
Cold offset / Incomplete fusing: One
type heavier.
2 Replace the Fuser Assembly. Replace the LVPS, Complete.

RRP 12.2.
Does the problem recur after the
Fuser is replaced?
Troubleshooting 107
Mis-Registration, Color Layer not Correctly
Registered in the Proces Direction
The four colors of the image are not

registered correctly into one image.
If the mis-registration is in the horizontal
direction, perform the color registration
adjustment. See “Color Registration” on
page 113
If the mis-registration is in the vertical
direction, clean the CTD (ADC) Sensor,
cycle power to the printer once and let the
printer adjust the registration, check to see
if the problem still appears before using this
procedure.
S6200-287
Step Check Yes No

1 Clean the CTD Sensor and cycle Complete Go to step [2].
power to the printer.
2 Replace the CTD Sensor. Go to step [3] Complete
3 Print the 600 x 600 Service Test Replace the Image Go to step [4].
Print. Processor Board,
Are all the colors aligned both RRP 12.8.
vertically and horizontally?
4 If only one color is affected replace Complete Go to step [5].
the Imaging Unit.
Does this solve the problem?
5 Replace the Laser Unit. Complete Replace the Engine
Does this solve the problem? Control Board, RRP
12.7.

Test Prints, Adjustments
and NVRAM
Test Prints pg 110
A variety of test prints are available to aid in determining the quality of output from
the printer and to assist in troubleshooting problems. This section shows how to select
and analyze all test prints available.
Adjustments pg 113
Adjustments for print-quality and margin issues are explained in this section. The
main adjustments are: Color Registration, Color Calibration and Margin Calibration.
Reseting NVRAM pg 114
Resetting NVRAM returns all the Image Processor Board NVRAM-stored
parameters to their factory default values. The print counts and the Adobe firmware
serial number are not affected by this reset. The details and parameters for resetting
NVRAM are detailed in this section.

Service Test Prints
From the printers front panel Main Menu, select Printable Pages Menu, select
Service Pages Menu and then select Service Test Prints.
Analyizing the CMYK Sample Page

This page consists of four 25% tint primary
color bands.
Things to look for:
■ Repeating defects
■ Missing Color(s)
■ Streaks
■ Voids
■ Banding
Xerox Phaser 6200DP

S6200-222
Analyizing the RGB Sample

This page consists of 80% solid fill in
RGBK Bands.
Things to look for
■ Wrinkling
■ Creases
■ Roller marks
■ Scratches
■ Cold Offset
Xerox Phaser 6200DP
S6200-224

Analyizing the Test Pattern Sample
6 6
8 mm
P 6200 P 6200 P 6200 P 6200
5 P 6200 P 6200 P 6200 P 6200
192 mm
8 mm
P 6200 P 6200 P 6200 P 6200
P 6200 P 6200 P 6200 P 6200
Test Pattern A 600 x 600
Test Pattern A 600 x 600
2
Abc Defg Hijk
Abc Defg Hijk Lmnop
Qrstuvw XYZ
123456789
Abc Defg Hijk Lmnop
Qrstuvw XYZ 123456789
P 6200 P 6200 P 6200 P 6200

P 6200 P 6200 P 6200
261 mm
6 4 S6200-223
Things to look for

1. Color Registration (Horizontal): The colored lines should match up. Perform the
color registration procedure. See “Color Calibration” on page 112.
2. Color Registration (Vertical): The colored lines should match up. Clean the CTD
sensor and cycle power to the printer to correct.
3. Uniform RGB: The secondary color squares should be uniformly colored with no
mottling.
4. Density: The color bars should have even density from top to bottom.
5. Margins: Should be 8mm from the edge of the paper to the line.
6. Image Size: the image height should be 261 mm between the top and bottom lines.
The image width should be 192 mm between the left and right lines.
Note: Some of the graphics on this page contain composite black
with heavy fill images exceeding 240% coverage. Transfer
roll offsetting may occur as a result.

Analyizing the 600 x 600 Service Test Print
This test print is used to verify margins and color registration. The colors should be
aligned vertically and horizontally.
Black (K)
Yellow (Y)
Cyan (C)
Magenta (M)
128 dot
About 2 mm
128 dot
About 2 mm
S6200-227
Color Calibration
Color calibration procedures adjust the printer for optimal color output. color settings
may need adjustment upon initial printer set-up or when toners and imaging units are
replaced. There are two procedures; Lighten/Darken Colors and Balance Colors.
If the overall image appears either too light or dark, use the Lighten/Darken colors
procedure. If a finer adjustment of the primary colors, cyan, magenta and yellow, is
needed, continue with the balance colors procedure.
Print the Color Calibration Tutorial from the printer’s front panel Improve
Print Quality Menu and follow the instructions detailed on the page.

Color Registration
This procedure must be performed whenever the

Laser Unit has been removed or replaced.
The Color Registration Menu allows you to
adjust the printer's cyan, magenta and yellow
against black to ensure that the colors are
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
+1
+2
+3
+4
+5
+6
+7
0
properly aligned.
You can adjust the settings from -7 to +7 units.
(left to right). See the images on the left.
0 is always the printer's current color
registration setting.
Print the Color Registration page from the
printer’s front panel Printable Pages Menu.
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
+1
+2
+3
+4
+5
+6
+7
0
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
+1
+2
+3
+4
+5
+6
+7
0
S6200-226
Margin Calibration
The Calibrate Margins Menu allows you to adjust the printer’s imaging area relative
to the edges of the paper. The imaging area is shown as a dashed rectangle on the
front side of the print, the printer will not print outside this rectangle. The dashed
rectangle should line up with the solid rectangle printed on the back side of the page.
Hold up to strong light for verification.
Print the Calibrate Margins Page from the printer’s front panel Improve
Print Quality Menu and follow the instructions detailed on the page.

Resetting NVRAM
Resetting NVRAM returns all the Image Processor Board NVRAM-stored
parameters to their factory default values. The print counts and the Adobe firmware
serial number are not affected by this reset. You can reset the PostScript NVRAM
using the Customer Menu or the Service Diagnostics Menu.
PostScript NVRAM Resets

Restore factory settings (Registration)
1. You can reset settings for color registration to the factory-default values.
2. From the Main Menu, highlight Support and press OK.
3. Highlight Improve Print-Quality and press OK.
4. Highlight Color Registration Menu and press OK.
5. Highlight Restore Factory Settings and press OK.
6. Highlight Restore Factory Settings NOW and press the OK to reset the color
settings to factory defaults.
Restore factory settings (Color)

1. You can reset settings for density and color balance to the factory-default values.
4. Highlight Calibrate Colors Menu and press OK.
5. Highlight Restore Factory Settings and press OK to reset the color settings to
factory defaults.
Restore previous settings (color)

You can return the color settings to the ones that existed before you saved the last
color balance adjustments.
3. Highlight Calibrate Colors Menu and press OK.
4. Highlight Restore Previous Settings and press OK to restore the previous color
settings.
5. Highlight Restore Previous Settings NOW and press the OK to reset the color
settings to factory defaults.

Restore Factory Settings (Margins)
You can reset margin settings to the factory-default values.
Caution Use caution when resetting your margins to the
factory-default settings. Changing these settings back to
factory defaults may not be the last-saved settings if you
have previously calibrated your margins.
2. Highlight Improve print-quality and press OK.
3. Highlight Calibrate Margins Menu and press OK.
4. Highlight Restore Factory Settings and press OK.
5. Highlight Restore Factory Settings and press OK to reset the margin settings.
Reset Calibrations (color and margins)

Note: Resetting calibrations resets the color and margin settings.
2. Highlight Improve print-quality and press OK.
3. Highlight Reset Calibrations NOW and press OK to reset the color, margins and
paper (transfer) settings to factory defaults.
Resetting job defaults

Resetting the job defaults resets the paper source, print-quality mode, 2-sided
printing, image smoothing and tekcolor corrections to their default values.
1. From the Main Menu, highlight Print Setup Menu and press OK.
2. Highlight Job Defaults Menu and press OK.
3. Reset Job Defaults is displayed, press OK.
4. Highlight Reset Job Defaults NOW and press OK to reset the job defaults.
Resetting Printer setup values to default

Resetting the Printer setup values resets the job defaults, front panel language,
Intellegent ready, MPT Tray setup, Tray 1 -3 setup, startup page, front panel intensity,
front panel contrast, PostScript error information and energy star to their default
values.
1. From the Main Menu, highlight Network Setup Menu and press OK.
2. Highlight Reset Network Setup and press OK.
3. Reset Network Setup NOW is displayed, press OK.

Resetting network setup values to default
Resetting the network setup values resets the TCP/IP address, TCP/IP address menu
settings (gateway, broadcast, etc.), CentreWare IS, EtherTalk, Netware, set IPX frame
type, IPP and Ethernet speed to their default values.
1. From the Main Menu, highlight Network Setup Menu and press OK.
2. Highlight Reset Connection Setup and press OK.
3. Reset Connection Setup NOW is displayed, press OK.
Caution Make note of the current network settings or Print a
configuration page to reference the customers current
network settings prior to resetting the network setup to the
factory default values.
Resetting All Printer Default Settings (PostScript NVRAM)

Resetting the NVRAM restores all printer values stored in the IP controller NVRAM
including network, printer setup, job defaults, color, margin, and calibrations to their
factory default values. The print counts and the Adobe firmware serial number are not
affected by this reset
2. Highlight Service Tools Menu and press OK.
3. Reset NVRAM is displayed, press OK.
4. Highlight Reset NVRAM and Reset Printer NOW and press OK to reset all the
settings to their factory default values.
Service Diagnostics PostScript NVRAM Resets

Resetting the NVRAM restores all printer values stored in the IP controller NVRAM
including network, printer setup, job defaults, color, margin, and calibrations to their
factory default values. The print counts and the Adobe firmware serial number are not
affected by this reset.
1. Enter Service Diagnostics.
2. Highlight NVRAM Access and press OK.
3. Highlight PostScript NVRAM Reset and press OK.
4. Resetting NVRAM! Are you sure? Is displayed , highlight Yes and press OK.
The printer now exits Service Diagnostics and reboots. While booting, NVRAM is
reset.

Cleaning and Maintenance
Service preventive maintenance procedure

Perform the following procedures whenever you check, service, or repair a printer.
Cleaning the printer, as outlined in the following steps, assures proper operation of the
printer and reduces the probability of having to service the printer in the future.
The frequency of use and the type of paper a customer prints on determines how
critical and how often cleaning the machine is necessary. Record the number of sheets
printed.
Recommended tools
■ Toner vacuum cleaner
■ Clean water
■ Clean, dry, lint-free cloth
■ Black light protective bag
Cleaning
Caution Never apply alcohol to any parts in the printer.
Caution Never use a damp cloth to clean up toner.
Warning If you remove the Imaging Unit, place it in a light
protective bag.
1. Record number of sheets printed.
2. Print several sheets of paper to check for problems or defects.
3. Turn off the printer.
4. Remove the Toner Cartridges, the Imaging Unit and both side covers prior to
cleaning.
5. Remove the front cover and clean the Fuser Fan with a brush or dry cloth to
remove excess dust.
6. Remove the rear cover and clean the Rear Fan with a brush or dry cloth to remove
excess dust.
7. Remove any debris or foreign objects from the Transfer Roller, Fuser Assembly,
Laser Unit and Imaging Unit.
8. Vacuum out any loose toner from the interior of the printer with a Type II toner
vacuum only.
9. Open left side door and clean up any toner inside.
10.Remove and clean the paper trays.
11.Clean pick rollers with a slightly damp, lint-free cloth.
Cleaning and Maintenance 117

FRU Disassembly - Removal
and Replacement
Procedures
This section contains the removal and replacement procedures for selected parts of
the printer according to the Field Replaceable Units (FRUs) Parts List. Not all
Replacement Procedures are included in this Service Manual. In most cases, to
reinstall a part, simply reverse the Removal Procedure shown. In some instances, the
Replacement Procedure is included, because it may contain special steps. For specific
assemblies and parts, refer to the "FRU Parts List’ on page 253.
Contents
RRP Part Name RRP
Page
RRP 1 - Covers - Print Engine
RRP 1.1 - Front Cover (PL 1.1.2) 125
RRP 1.2 - Front Panel (PL 1.1.1) 127
RRP 1.3 - Fuser Fan (PL 1.1.7) 128
RRP 1.4 - Top Main Cover (PL1.1.9) 130
RRP 1.5 - Image Unit Top Cover (Door C) (PL1.1.10) 131
RRP 1.6 - Right Side Cover (PL1.1.24) and Left Side Cover (PL1.1.30) 132
RRP 1.7 - Rear Cover (PL 1.1.20) 133
RRP 1.8 - Left and Right Links (PL 1.1.23) 134
RRP 1.9 - Multi-Purpose Tray (MPT) (PL1.1.99) 135
RRP 1.10 - Front Right Cover (PL 1.1.25) 136
RRP 1.11 - Front Left Cover Assembly (PL1.1.29) 138
RRP 2 - Universal Paper Tray I

RRP 2.1 - Paper Feed Roller (PL 2.1.1) (CRC as Kit) 140
RRP 3 - Paper Feed I

RRP 3.1 - Turn Chute Assembly (PL3.1.2) 141
RRP 3.2 - Printer Chassis 142
RRP 3.3 - Paper Pick Assembly (PL3.3.1) 144
RRP 3.4 - Right and Left Housing (PL 3.2) 146
RRP 3.5 - Temperature/Humidity Harness (PL3.2.1) and Sensor (PL3.2.2) 147
RRP 3.6 - High-Capacity Feeder Harness (PL3.2.3) 148
FRU Disassembly - Removal and Replacement Procedures 119

Contents (cont'd.)
RRP Part Name RRP
Page
RRP 3.7 - Paper Size Switch Assembly (PL3.2.4) 149
RRP 3.8 - Low Paper Lever (PL3.2.7), Indicator (PL3.2.8) and Indicator Guide 150
(PL3.2.10)
RRP 3.9 - Paper Pick Rollers (PL3.3.3) 152
RRP 3.10 - No Paper Actuator (PL3.3.5), No/Low Paper Sensor (PL3.3.4) 154
RRP 3.11 - Link Actuator (PL3.3.6) 156
RRP 3.12 - Feed Solenoid (PL3.3.17) 157
RRP 3.13 - Turn Clutch Assembly (PL3.3.18) 158
RRP 3.14 - Roll Turn Assembly (PL3.3.20) 159
RRP 3.15 - Paper Feed Roller (CRC - Roller Kit) 160
RRP 4 - Housing Assembly, Retard

RRP 4.1 - Retard Roller Housing Assembly (PL4.1.1) 161
RRP 4.2 - Turn Roll (PL 4.1.2) Turn Clutch (PL 4.1.9) Friction Clutch Assembly, 162
(PL 4.1.4)
RRP 4.3 - Retard Roll Assembly (PL4.1.5) 164
RRP 5 - Chute Assembly, In

RRP 5.1 - Chute Assembly In (PL 5.1.1) 166
RRP 5.2 - CTD (ADC) Sensor (PL 5.1.11) 167
RRP 5.3 - Toner Full Sensor (PL 5.1.14) 168
RRP 5.4 - Fuser Drive Assembly (PL 5.1.18) 169
RRP 5.5 - Latch R (Door A) (PL 5.1.21) 170
RRP 5.6 - Latch L (PL 5.1.30)
RRP 6 - Chute Assembly, Out

RRP 6.1 - Chute Assembly Out, Duplex (PL6.1.1) 172
RRP 6.2 - Output Tray Full Actuator (PL 6.1.5) Full Stack Sensor (PL 6.1.4) 175
RRP 6.3 - Duplex Actuator (PL 6.1.13) Duplex Sensor (PL 6.1.4) 176
RRP 6.4 - Multi-Purpose Tray Actuator (PL 6.1.37) Multi-Purpose Tray Sensor 178
(PL 6.1.4)
RRP 6.5 - Static Eliminator Assembly (PL 6.1.9) 180
RRP 6.6 - Duplex Roller (PL 6.1.12) 181
RRP 6.7 - Latch, Plate (PL 6.1.17) Latch, Out (PL 6.1.18) Latch, Holder (PL 182
6.1.19) Latch, Spring Out (PL 6.1.20)
RRP 6.8 - MPT Paper Pick Assembly (PL 6.1.27) (Roll Feed) 183

Contents (cont'd.)
RRP Part Name RRP
Page
RRP 6.9 - MPT Feed Solenoid (PL 6.1.40) 184
RRP 6.10 - Multi-Purpose Tray Shaft (PL 6.1.28) 185
RRP 6.11 - MPT Bottom Plate (PL 6.1.42) 186
RRP 7 - Chute Assembly, Exit

RRP 7.1 - Chute Assembly Exit (PL 7.1.1) 187
RRP 7.2 - Exit Roller (PL 7.1.4) 188
RRP 7.3 - Mid Roller (PL 7.1.5)
RRP 7.4 - Duplex Motor Assembly (PL 7.1.8) 190
RRP 8 - Transfer Roller and Fuser (CRC)

RRP 8.1 - Exit Actuator (Fuser) (PL 8.1.7) 191
RRP 8.2 - Strap (PL 8.1.13) 192
RRP 9 - Xerographics
RRP 9.1 - Laser Unit (PL 9.1.1) 193
RRP 9.2 - Bias Housing Assembly (PL 9.1.4) 194
RRP 9.3 - Chute Assembly Registration (PL 9.1.6) Housing Electric Assembly 196
(PL 9.1.11)
RRP 9.4 - Registration Sensor Actuator (PL 9.1.9) Registration Sensor (PL 9.1.8) 198
RRP 9.5 - OHP Sensor and Harness (Kit) (PL 9.1.12) 200
RRP 10 - Toner Cartridge Assemblies

RRP 10.1 - Toner Cartridge Holder Unit Assembly (PL 10.1) 203
RRP 10.2 - Toner Cartridge Holder Assembly (Y) (PL 10.1.1) (M) (PL 10.1.2) (C) 206
(PL 10.1.3 (K) (PL 10.1.4)
RRP 10.3 - Toner Present Switch (PL 10.1.18) 208
RRP 10.4 - Toner Low Sensor (PL 10.1.8) 209
RRP 10.5 - EEPROM Board (PL 10.1.16) 210
RRP 10.6 - Sub-High Voltage Power Supply Board (PL 10.1.17) 211
RRP 11 - Frame and Drive Assemblies

RRP 11.1 - Left Lever Plate (PL 11.1.1) Lever Bracket (PL 11.1.2) Lever Link (PL
11.1.3) Lever Drum (PL 11.1.4) Lever Spring (PL 11.1.5)
RRP 11.2 - Lever Plate Right (PL 11.1.7) Lever Bracket (PL 11.1.2) Lever Link 215
(PL 11.1.6) Lever Drum (PL 11.1.4) Lever Spring (PL 11.1.5)
RRP 11.3 - Main Drive Assembly (PL 11.1.14) 218
RRP 11.4 - Developer Drive Assembly (PL 11.1.13) 220

Contents (cont'd.)
RRP Part Name RRP
Page
RRP 11.5 - Actuator, I/L (PL 11.1.8) Spring, I/L (PL 11.1.9) 221
RRP 11.6 - Earth Ground Circuit Board (PL 11.1.16) 222
RRP 12 - Electrical
RRP 12.1 - AC Switch Harness Assembly (PL 12.1.11) 223
RRP 12.2 - Low-Voltage Power Supply (PL 12.1.10) 224
RRP 12.3 - Motor Driver Board (PL 12.1.12) 226
RRP 12.4 - Rear Fan (PL 12.1.2) 227
RRP 12.5 - Card Cage 228
RRP 12.6 - Housing Assembly Contact (PL 12.1.14) 230
RRP 12.7 - Engine Control Circuit Board (PL12.1.1) 231
RRP 12.8 - Image Processor Board (PL12.1.4) 233
RRP 14 - High-Capacity Feeder

RRP 14.1 - Cover Front (PL14.2.4) 234
RRP 14.2 - Cover, Right (PL14.2.1) Cover, Left (PL14.2.3) 235
RRP 14.3 - Turn Chute Assembly (PL14.3.7) 236
RRP 14.4 - Tray 2 Harness Assembly (PL14.5.3) Tray 3 Harness Assembly 237
(PL14.5.4) HCF Plug Harness Assembly (PL14.5.2)
RRP 14.5 - Circuit Board, HCF (PL14.5.1) 239
RRP 14.6 - Drive Feeder Assembly (PL14.5.5) 240
RRP 14.7 - Indicator Assembly (PL14.5.9) 241
RRP 14.8 - Right Tray Guide (PL14.3.5) Low Paper Lever (PL 14.5.8) 242
RRP 14.9 - Left Tray Guide (PL14.3.3) 245
RRP 14.10 - Link Actuator (PL 14.4.6) 247
RRP 14.11 - HCF Paper Pick Assembly (PL14.4.1) 248
RRP 14.12 - Idler Gear (PL14.5.6) 250
RRP 14.13 - No Paper, Low Paper Sensor (PL14.5.7) 251
RRP 14.14 - Paper Size Switch Assembly (PL14.3.6) 252

Orientation of the Printer
S6200-063

General Notes on Disassembly
Preparation
Before you begin any Removal and Replacement Procedure:
1. Switch OFF the printer power and disconnect the power cord from the wall outlet.
2. Remove the Imaging Unit and protect it from exposure to light by covering it with
a light proof bag or by placing it in a light-tight container. Disconnect all
computer interface cables from the printer.
3. Wear an electrostatic discharge wrist strap to help prevent damage to the sensitive
electronics of the printer circuit boards.
4. Remove the Fuser Assembly or wait at least 5 minutes after you have switched
OFF printer power for the Fuser to cool before you work on or around the Fuser.
Work Notes
Note: Many parts are secured by plastic tabs DO NOT over Flex or
force these parts. Do not over torque the screws threaded into
plastic parts.
Note: Names of parts that appear in the RRPs may not be exactly
the same as the names appear in the Parts List. For example;
a part called the Registration Chute Assembly in an RRP
may appear on the Parts List as Assembly, Chute REGI.
When working on an RRP, ignore any prerequisite RRP if
you have already performed that removal procedure.
Caution: Always use the correct type and size screw. Using the
wrong screw can damage tapped holes. Do not use
excessive force to either remove or install either a screw or
a printer part.
Warning: Unplug the AC power cord from the wall outlet before
removing any printer part.
Notations in the RRP text
■ When needed the orientation of the printer is called out in the procedure for
locating printer parts, refer to the printer orientation graphic on page
123 for locating the right, left, front and back sides of the printer.
■ The notation “RRP X.Y” in an RRP step, directs you to another RRP for
information on how to perform a related or prerequisite procedure.
■ The notation “(item X)” points to the illustration that corresponds to the
RRP you are performing.
■ The notation “PLX.X.X” indicates that this component is listed in the FRU
Parts List.
■ Bold arrows in an illustration show direction of movement when removing
or replacing a component.

RRP 1.1 Front Cover (PL 1.1.2)
S6200-278
Removal
1. Open Door B.
Caution: Do not separate the Front Cover from the Chute Assembly
Out until the two wiring connectors have been
disconnected.
2. Release the four tabs securing the Front Cover to the Chute Assembly Out.

.
1 S6200-065
3. Slightly separate the Front Cover from the printer and remove connector P/J220
from the Front Panel and P/J 137 from the Fuser Fan.
4. Remove the Front Cover.

RRP 1.2 Front Panel (PL 1.1.1)
S6200-064
Removal
1. Remove the Front Cover (RRP 1.1).
2. Release the 3 hooks securing the Front Panel to the Front Cover and remove the
Front Panel.

RRP 1.3 Fuser Fan (PL 1.1.7)
S6200-066

Removal
2. Remove the 2 screws securing the Fuser Fan Holder (item #1) to the rear of the
Front Cover and remove the Fuser Fan Holder.
3. Disconnect P/J137 from the Fuser Fan Holder.
4. Release the 4 tabs securing the Fuser Fan (item #2) to the Fuser Fan Holder and
remove the Fuser Fan.
Replacement
1. Assemble in reverse order.
Note: When replacing the Fuser Fan note the airflow direction.
The label on the fan should face out.

RRP 1.4 Top Main Cover (PL1.1.9)
S6200-067
Removal
1. Remove the Top Cover (Output Tray).
2. Remove all the Toner Cartridges.
3. Open Door A.
4. Open Door C (Top Image Unit Cover PL1.1.10).
5. Remove the 2 screws securing the Top Main Cover to the printer.
6. Release the 4 tabs securing the Top Main Cover to the printer.
7. Raise the Top Main Cover slightly from the printer, flexing both the front edges
then lift off by moving the cover toward the rear of the printer.

RRP 1.5 Image Unit Top Cover (Door C) (PL1.1.10)
S6200-068
Removal
1. Remove the Top Main Cover (RRP 1.4).
2. Open Door A.
3. Open Door C.
4. Remove the Left Cover (RRP 1.6).
5. Remove the right and left Stud Top Hinge pins (item #2 PL1.1.21) from the Image
Unit Top Cover and remove the cover.

RRP 1.6 Right Side Cover (PL1.1.24) and
Left Side Cover (PL1.1.30)
R
S6200-071
Removal
2. Remove 1 screw securing the Right Side Cover and/or Left Side Cover to the
printer.
3. Release the tab at the front of the printer securing the Ride Side Cover and/or Left
Side Cover to the printer.
4. Flex the cover slightly and slide off to remove from the printer.

RRP 1.7 Rear Cover (PL 1.1.20)
S6200-069
Removal
1. Remove the Right and Left Side Covers. (RRP 1.6).
2. Raise the Rear Cover slightly and release the 7 tabs (item #2) securing the cover to
the printer and remove.

RRP 1.8 Left and Right Links (PL 1.1.23)
S6200-070
Removal
1. Remove the Right and Left Side Covers (RRP 1.6).
2. Remove the upper end (eye) of the spring from the printer.
3. Open Door A.
4. From inside the printer, push out the Link Pin securing the Link to the printer.
5. With a flat blade screwdriver, spread apart both sides of the metal retaining clip
holding the Link to the Front Cover Assembly and remove the Link and Spring
together.
Note: To disengage the links from the printer without removing the
link, only perform Steps 1 through 4.

RRP 1.9 Multi-Purpose Tray (MPT) (PL1.1.99)
S6200-074
Removal
1. Open the Multi-Purpose Tray.
2. Flex the right and left side of the MPT slide (PL 1.1.27) to seperate the base from
the slide.
3. With the MPT Slide at a 90 degree angle, pull the slide out of the printer.
4. To remove the Mult-Purpose Tray Base (PL 1.1.28) from the printer, press in, lift
up and pull out from the printer.
Replacement
Note: The base must be re-installed at a 90 degree angle to align
the tabs properly.
1. With the base at a 90 degree angle with the printer, ensure the tabs are on the
outside, push down and then pull forward to re-install.

RRP 1.10 Front Right Cover (PL 1.1.25)
S6200-072
Removal
1. Open Door A
2. Remove the 2 screws securing the Front Right Cover.

S6200-073
3. Close Door A and open Door B.

4. Pull the Front Right Cover slightly away from the Chute Assembly Out.
5. With a flat blade screwdriver, spread apart both sides of the metal retaining clip
holding the Link to the Front Right Cover and disengage the Link.
6. Remove the Front Right Cover.

RRP 1.11 Front Left Cover Assembly (PL1.1.29)
S6200-075
S6200-076

Removal
1. Remove the Multi-Purpose Tray (RRP 1.9).
3. Remove the Front Right Cover (RRP 1.10).
4. Open Door B.
5. Spread apart both sides of the metal retaining clip with a flat blade screwdriver to
disengage the Link holding the Front Left Cover.
6. Remove the 2 screws securing the Front Left Cover to the Chute Assembly Out.
7. Release the 2 tabs securing the Front Left Cover to the Chute Assembly Out and
remove the Front Left Cover from the printer.

RRP 2.1 Paper Feed Roller (PL 2.1.1) (CRC as Kit)
S6200-077
Removal
1. Pull the paper tray out of the printer.
2. Release the tab securing the Feed Cover to the Paper Tray and open the Feed
Cover.
3. Carefully release the hook securing the Paper Feed Roller to the Retard Shaft.
4. Slide the Paper Feed Roller off the shaft to remove.
Note: The Paper Feed Roller Kit contains two rollers. One roller
for the Paper Tray and one Roller for the Paper Feeder
(PL 3.3.23). The Paper Feed Rollers are interchangeable.

RRP 3.1 Turn Chute Assembly (PL3.1.2)
S6200-080
S6200-081
Removal
2. Push in on the Turn Chute Assembly to releae the 2 tabs.
3. Rotate the Turn Chute Assembly 90 degrees downward from the Paper Feeder.
4. Release the tabs securing the right and left shaft of the Turn Chute Assembly to
the Paper Feeder.
5. Pull out the Turn Chute Assembly from the Paper Feeder to remove.

RRP 3.2 Printer Chassis
P/J24 P/J47
P/J210
S6200-082
Removal
1. Remove the Imaging Unit.
2. Remove the Paper Tray Rear Cover.
3. Remove Paper Tray 1.
6. Remove the Right and Left Side Covers (RRP 1.6).
7. Remove the Turn Chute Assembly (RRP 3.1).
8. Remove the Link Actuator (RRP 3.11).
9. On the right side of the printer, disconnect P/J2361 (gray) from the Printer
Chassis.
10.On the left side of the printer, disconnect P/J210 (yellow) from the Printer
Chassis.
11.Disconnect P/J47 (yellow/blue) from the Motor Driver Circuit Board on the right
side of the printer.

12.Remove the 8 short screws securing the Printer Chassis (item #1) to the Paper
Feeder Assembly (item #2).
Note: It is easy to strip the long screws, use caution when removing
and replacing.
13.Using a PZ1 Posi bit, remove the 4 long screws securing the Printer Chassis to the
Paper Feeder Unit Assembly.
14.Using a large screwdriver handle, prop up the right side of the printer chassis in
order to clear the wiring harnesses in the following steps.
15.Shift the harness P/J24 (gray) from the square hole on the bottom plate.
16.Shift the harness P/J210 (yellow) and P/J47 (yellow/blue) through the square hole
on the bottom plate.
Caution: Lift the printer chassis unit off the Paper Feeder Assembly
by placing your hands into the front and back cavity of the
paper tray. The right and left sides of the printer chassis
are extremely sharp.
17.Remove the screwdriver, being careful not to pinch the wires, and lift the entire
printer chassis off the Paper Feeder Unit Assembly.
Replacement
1. Replace in reverse order of removal.
Note: When replacing the Printer Chassis check to make sure none
of the wiring harnesses between the Printer and Feeder Unit
are pinched.

RRP 3.3 Paper Pick Assembly (PL3.3.1)
S6200-098

Removal
1. Remove the Paper Feeder Assembly Unit from the printer chassis (RRP 3.2).
2. Disconnect P/J471 (yellow) from the Paper Size Switch in the Paper Feeder Unit
Assembly.
3. Carefully free the wires (yellow/blue) from their guides, noting the postion of the
wires for reassembly.
4. Remove the 2 screws securing the Paper Pick Assembly from the Paper Feeder
Unit Assembly.
5. Raise the Paper Pick Assembly out of the Paper Feeder Unit Assembly.

RRP 3.4 Right and Left Housing (PL 3.2)
LEFT
RIGHT
S6200-088
Removal
1. Remove the Paper Pick Assembly (RRP 3.3).
2. Remove the 4 screws securing the Left/Right Housing Assembly Feeder to the
bottom plate.
3. Turn the Housing Assembly Feeder in slightly and extract the 3 hooks out of the
holes on the Bottom Plate.

RRP 3.5 Temperature/Humidity Harness (PL3.2.1)
and Sensor (PL3.2.2)
S6200-083
Removal
1. Remove the Top Main Cover(RRP 1.4).
2. Remove the Left Side Cover (RRP 1.6).
3. Disconnect P/J2361 (gray) from the printer.
4. Remove the 1 screw securing the Temperature/Humidity Sensor and remove the
sensor.
Replacement
Note: Seat the sensor onto the Guide Pins with needle nose pliers
then re-insert the screw. Reconnect connector P/J2361.

RRP 3.6 High-Capacity Feeder Harness (PL3.2.3)
RIGHT
REAR
S6200-084
Removal
1. Remove the Printer Chassis (RRP 3.2).
2. Shift the HCF Harness from the Right Housing.
3. Release the 2 tabs securing the harness to the Right Housing.
4. Pull the HCF Harness down from the Housing Assembly to remove.

RRP 3.7 Paper Size Switch Assembly (PL3.2.4)
S6200-085
Removal
1. Remove the Printer Chassis (RRP 3.2).
2. Disconnect P/J471 from the Paper Size Switch.
3. Remove 1 screw securing the Paper Size Switch to the Right Housing.
4. Rotate the front of the Paper Size Switch to free the tab and remove.

RRP 3.8 Low Paper Lever (PL3.2.7),
Indicator (PL3.2.8) and
Indicator Guide (PL3.2.10)
1
5
S6200-087
Removal - Indicator and Guide Indicator

1. Remove the Paper Feeder Unit Assembly (RRP 3.2).
2. Remove the Feeder Right Housing (RRP 3.4).
3. Hold the tip of the Paper Level Indicator (item #1) with needle nose pliers and
pull the Indicator forward to remove from the Right Housing.
4. Release the 2 tabs securing the Shaft Holder (item #6) to the Right Housing.
5. Pull the Guide Indicator (item #3) together with the Indicator Spring (item #5) and
Shaft Indicator (item #4).
Note: When reinstalling the guide, ensure the flag is on top of the
guide.

LEFT
S6200-086
Removal - Low Paper Lever

1. Deflect the shaft in the Right Housing securing the right axis of the Lever Low
Paper from the bottom surface and shift the right axis.
2. Push the actuator on the Low Paper Lever toward the inside of the Right Housing
then raise the Low Paper Lever up and out of the feeder.
Replacement
1. Replace in reverse order of removal.
Note: Put the leading end of the lever low paper on the left convex
portion of the Guide Indicator when replacing the Guide
Indicator. Hold the Guide Indicator securely when replacing
the Indicator.

RRP 3.9 Paper Pick Rollers (PL3.3.3)
S6200-090
Removal
Note: Remove and replace the Paper Pick Rollers one at a time to
maintain their orientation.
2. Remove the Turn Chute Assembly (RRP 3.1).
3. Rotate the Feed Shaft so that the Paper Pick Rollers face down.
4. Pull the Paper Pick Roller off the shaft.

Blank Page

RRP 3.10 No Paper Actuator (PL3.3.5),
No/Low Paper Sensor (PL3.3.4)
S6200-091
S6200-092

Removal - Actuator
2. Remove the Paper Pick Assembly (RRP 3.3) and turn it upside down.
3. Release the hook securing the No Paper Actuator to the Paper Pick Assembly and
extract the left end of the shaft.
4. Pull the No Paper Actuator out and up to remove.
Removal - No Paper Sensor
5. Remove the right Paper Pick Roller to gain access to the P/J472 (blue).
6. Disconnect P/J472 (blue) from the No Paper Sensor.
7. Lift up on the clear plastic lock to release 3 tabs securing the No Paper Sensor to
the Paper Pick Assembly and remove the No Paper Sensor.
1 S6200-094
Removal - Low Paper Sensor

8. Disconnect P/J473 (yellow) on the Low Paper Sensor.
9. Release 3 tabs securing the Low Paper Sensor to the Paper Pick Assembly and
remove the sensor.
Note: The sensors are interchangeable.

RRP 3.11 Link Actuator (PL3.3.6)
S6200-093
Note: Perform this procedure from the rear of the printer.

Removal
2. Remove the paper tray Rear Cover.
3. Reach in through the rear of the printer and spread the tabs of the Link Actuator
apart.
4. Remove the link actuator from the bracket in the printer and remove.

RRP 3.12 Feed Solenoid (PL3.3.17)
S6200-095
Removal
1. Remove the Paper Feeder Assembly Unit (RRP 3.2).
3. Remove 1 screw securing the Feed Solenoid to the Paper Pick Assembly.
4. Separate the Feed Solenoid slightly and shift the harness to disconnect P/J474
(gray).
5. Remove the Feed Solenoid.

RRP 3.13 Turn Clutch Assembly (PL3.3.18)
P/J 475
S6200-096
Removal
3. Release the tab securing the Stopper Clutch (item #2) to the shaft on the right side
of the Paper Pick Assembly.
4. Pull out the Stopper Clutch (item #1).
5. Disconnect P/J475 (blue) from the Paper Pick Asssembly.
6. Pull out the Turn Clutch Assembly.

RRP 3.14 Roll Turn Assembly (PL3.3.20)
6
5
4 1
3 S6200-097
Removal
1. Remove the Paper Feeder Assembly Unit (RRP 3.2).
3. Remove the Clutch Turn Assembly (RRP 3.13).
4. Release the tab securing the Gear Feed 2 (item 1#) to the shaft of the Paper Pick
Assembly and pull out the Gear Feed 2.
5. Pull out the Idler Gear (item #2) and Idler Gear In (item #3) from the Paper Pick
Assembly.
6. Remove the right and left E-rings securing the shaft of the Roll Turn Assembly to
the Paper Pick Assembly.
7. Remove the metal bearing (item #6) securing the right shaft of the Turn Roll
Assembly.
8. Remove the black bearing (item #4) securing the left shaft of the Roll Turn
Assembly.
9. Remove the shaft (item #5) from the Paper Pick Assembly.

RRP 3.15 Paper Feed Roller (CRC - Roller Kit)
S6200-176
Removal
1. Pull paper tray out of the printer.
2. Release 1 tab securing the Paper Feed Assembly to the shaft.
3. Slide the Paper Feed Roller off the left side of the shaft.
Note: The Paper Feed Roller Kit contains two rollers. One roller
for the Paper Tray and one Roller for the Paper Feeder
(PL 3.3.23). The Paper Feed Rollers are interchangeable.

RRP 4.1 Retard Roller Housing Assembly (PL4.1.1)
S6200-099
Removal
1. Remove the Registration Chute Assembly (RRP 9.3).
2. Disconnect the blue wire from the Turn Clutch.
3. Remove the 3 screws securing the Retard Roller Housing Assembly to the printer
and remove the assembly.

RRP 4.2 Turn Roll (PL 4.1.2)
Turn Clutch (PL 4.1.9)
Friction Clutch Assembly, (PL 4.1.4)
S6200-100
S6200-103

Removal
1. Remove the Retard Roller Housing Assembly (RRP 4.1)
2. Remove the e-ring securing the Turn Clutch to the shaft and remove the clutch.
3. Remove the e-ring securing the Turn Roll to the Retard Roller Housing Assembly.
4. Remove the left and right bearings.
5. Slide the shaft to the right and remove to the left of the assembly.

RRP 4.3 Retard Roll Assembly (PL4.1.5)
1
S6200-183
1
S6200-184

S6200-102
Removal
2. Rotate the Retard Roller Assembly (item #1) up, slide to the right and remove to
the left of the printer.
3. Release the tab securing the Retard Roller Shaft, raise the right end and remove
the Retard Roller.

RRP 5.1 Chute Assembly In (PL 5.1.1)
S6200-105
Removal
1. Remove the Fuser Assembly.
2. Remove the Transfer Roller.
4. Remove all covers and the MPT (RRP 1.7 and RRP 1.11).
5. Remove the Chute Assembly Out (RRP 6.1).
6. Release latch A (Door A) and pull the Chute Assembly In forward to remove from
the printer chassis.

RRP 5.2 CTD (ADC) Sensor (PL 5.1.11)
S6200-106
Removal
1. Open door A.
2. Remove the Transfer Roller Assembly (CRC).
3. Release the 4 tabs securing the CTD Sensor Assembly to the Chute Assembly In.
Caution: The CTD Sensor is under spring tension, be careful not to
damage or lose the springs.
4. Raise the sensor slightly to disconnect P/J136 (yellow) from the Chute Assembly
In.
5. Remove the CTD Sensor.
6. Remove the springs from the Sensor CTD (ADC) Assembly.
Reassembly
Note: The left spring has an aligning post on the Chute Assembly
In.

RRP 5.3 Toner Full Sensor (PL 5.1.14)
S6200-107
Removal
1. Open Door A.
2. Remove the Transfer Roll Assembly (CRU).
3. Disconnect P/J142 from the Chute Assembly In.
4. Release 2 tabs securing the Toner Full Sensor with a small screwdriver.
5. Remove the Toner Full Sensor from the Chute Assembly In.

RRP 5.4 Fuser Drive Assembly (PL 5.1.18)
S6200-108
Removal
1. Remove the Fuser.
2. Remove Transfer Roller (CRC).
4. Remove the Chute Assembly In (RRP 5.1).
5. Remove Latch A (RRP 5.5).
6. Remove the 1 screw securing the fuser ground wire to the Fuser Drive Assembly.
7. Shift the harness attached to the Fuser Drive Assembly from its clamp and
housing.
8. Remove the 3 screws securing the Fuser Drive Assembly to the Chute Assembly
In.
9. Remove the Fuser Drive Assembly.
Note: Note the routing of the wires for reassembly.

RRP 5.5 Latch R (Door A) (PL 5.1.21)
4 S6200-109
Removal for Latch R

1. Remove the Fuser Assembly (CRU).
3. Open Door A.
4. Release the hook on the lower part of the spring (item #4) securing it to the Chute
Assembly In.
5. Release the tab securing Latch R (item #3) to the Chute Assembly In.
6. Remove Latch R.

RRP 5.6 Latch L (PL 5.1.30)
S6200-110
Removal
2. Remove the Front Left Cover (RRP 1.6).
3. Open Door A.
4. Release the tab securing Latch L to the left side of the Chute Assembly In.
5. Remove the Latch L.

RRP 6.1 Chute Assembly Out, Duplex (PL6.1.1)
S6200-111
Removal
1. Remove the Imaging Unit (CRC).
2. Remove the Fuser Assembly (CRC).
3. Remove the Transfer Roller (CRC).
4. Remove all Covers and the MPT (RRP 1.7 and RRP 1.11).
5. Remove the strap (RRP 8.2).
Caution: In the following steps, you will need to latch the Chute
Assembly Out (Door B) and the Chute Assembly In (Door
A) while disconnecting wiring harnesses to avoid damaging
the printer.
6. On left side of the printer, disconnect P/J5030 (Red) and P/J5020 (Red) from the
Sub-High Voltage Supply Board.
7. Disconnect the top 2 connectors; P/J141, P/J1361 and the 4th connector P/J138
from the bracket and P/J145 (bottom gray) from the EEPROM Circuit Board.
8. Remove 1 screw securing the ground wire (left side) and move out of the way.

Caution: The yellow and gray harnesses on the EEPROM Board
contain the same number of pins, but are NOT
interchangeable. Make sure P/J144 (yellow) is connected
on the top and the P/J145 (gray) is connected to the
bottom.
9. Free the harness in step 6 from the bottom portion of the Housing Assembly Bias.
10.On the right side of the printer, disconnect P/J52 and P/J50 from the Motor Driver
Board and disconnect P/J162 from the Low-Voltage Power Supply.
11.Remove 1 screw securing the Fuser ground wire (right side) and move out of the
way.
12.Free the wiring harness on the Fuser Drive Assembly from the clamp on the Main
Drive Assembly.
13.Free the wiring harness on the Fuser 2 Harness Assembly from the hook of the
housing on the right side of the printer.
S6200-113

14.Remove the e-rings (item #1) from the right and left Shaft Pivots securing the
bottom of the Chute Assembly Out to the printer.
15.Rotate the MPT roller until the lower plate assembly raises up.
Caution: The Plate Assembly Bottom has sharp burrs, be careful
when performing the following steps.
2 S6200-112
16.Using needle nose pliers, remove the left and right Shaft Pivots (item #2), pulling
them inward to remove.
17.Release the latch at Door B and pull the Chute Assembly Out forward to remove.

RRP 6.2 Output Tray Full Actuator (PL 6.1.5)
Full Stack Sensor (PL 6.1.4)
S6200-114
Removal - Actuator
2. Deflect the shaft of the Actuator Full from the top portion of the Chute Assembly
Out and remove the shaft from the left side.
S6200-115
Removal - Full Stack Sensor

1. Remove the Actuator, Output Tray Full.
2. Disconnect P/J134 from the Full Stack Sensor.
3. Release the 3 tabs securing the Full Stack Sensor and remove.

RRP 6.3 Duplex Actuator (PL 6.1.13)
Duplex Sensor (PL 6.1.4)
S6200-118
S6200-119

Removing the Duplex Actuator
2. Release the 2 tabs securing the Actuator Cover, push in and remove the cover.
3. Release the tab on the left side of the Duplex Actuator.
4. Push the actuator to the left and remove out the right side removing the actuator
with the spring still on the shaft.
Note: Note the position of the actuator spring during removal to
ensure proper reassembly.
Reassembly
S6200-121
Removing the Duplex Sensor

1. Remove the Duplex Actuator.
2. Release the 3 tabs securing the Duplex Sensor and remove the sensor.
3. Disconnect the connector to the Duplex Sensor.

RRP 6.4 Multi-Purpose Tray Actuator (PL 6.1.37)
Multi-Purpose Tray Sensor (PL 6.1.4)
S6200-123
Removal of the Actuator

2. Push down on the Multi-Purpose Tray metal plate and push the actuator in.
3. Slide the actuator to the left and remove to the right.
4. Remove the spring from the actuator.
Caution: Be careful not to lose or damage the spring. Note spring
orientation for reassembly.

1 S6200-124
Removal of the Sensor

1. Remove the MPT Actuator.
2. Open Door B.
3. From the back of the sensor, release the 3 tabs securing the sensor and remove.
4. Disconnect P/J135 from the Sensor.

RRP 6.5 Static Eliminator Assembly (PL 6.1.9)
S6200-116
Removal
1. Remove the Front Cover Assembly (RRP 1.1).
2. Remove 1 screw securing the Eliminator Assembly to the Chute Assembly Out.
3. Raise the left end up and remove the Eliminator Assembly.

RRP 6.6 Duplex Roller (PL 6.1.12)
S6200-117
Removal
2. Release the tab securing Gear 30 (item #4), See "Gear Layout - Print Engine and
Tray 1' on page 318 and remove the gear.
3. Remove the bearing securing the left end of the shaft (item #5).
4. Raise the left end of the roller and shift the right bearing out (item #3) then
remove the Duplex Roller.

RRP 6.7 Latch, Plate (PL 6.1.17)
Latch, Out (PL 6.1.18)
Latch, Holder (PL 6.1.19)
Latch, Spring Out (PL 6.1.20)
TOP
3
2 1 S6200-120
Removal
2. Remove the Spring Out (item #3) from the Chute Assembly Out.
3. Release the 2 tabs from the inside of the Chute Assembly Out.
4. Slide the Holder Latch (item #2) to the right and remove.
5. Remove the Latch Out from the Holder (item #1).

RRP 6.8 MPT Paper Pick Assembly (PL 6.1.27)
(Roll Feed)
S6200-122
Removal
2. Release the tab securing the roll core to the shaft and slide right.
3. Push down on the MPT metal plate and feed roller.
4. Slide the Paper Pick Roller to the right and pull out the front to remove.

RRP 6.9 MPT Feed Solenoid (PL 6.1.40)
S6200-125
Removal
2. Unhook the N/F MPT spring from the Solenoid Stopper.
3. Disconnect P/J132 from the Solenoid.
4. Remove 1 screw securing the Feed Solenoid to the Chute Assembly Out and
remove.
Reassembly
Note: Make sure the solenoid seats properly on the aligning pins.
The pins are plastic.

RRP 6.10 Multi-Purpose Tray Shaft (PL 6.1.28)
5 4 S6200-127˚
Removal
2. Remove the spring from the Solenoid Stopper.
3. Release the tab securing the Solenoid Stopper to the shaft and remove.
4. Release the tab on the MPT Gear (item #5) and remove the gear.
Note: Note the orientation of the springs for reassembly. A long eye
hook attaches to the shaft.
5. Remove the 2 springs (item #1 and #4) from the left and right side of the shaft.
Note: In the following step, do not lose the pins when moving the
CAMs.
6. Slide the CAMs (item #3) in.
7. Slide the shaft to the right and remove.

RRP 6.11 MPT Bottom Plate (PL 6.1.42)
S6200-128
Removal
1. Remove the Chute Out Assembly (RRP 6.1).
2. Remove the 2 screws securing the plate to the Chute Out Assembly.
3. Remove the left and right springs from the MPT Shaft.
Note: In the following steps, shift the actuator out of the hole in the
Plate bottom when removing the Plate.
4. Remove the MPT Bottom Plate Assembly.

RRP 7.1 Chute Assembly Exit (PL 7.1.1)
S6200-129
Removal
3. Disconnect P/J131 and shift the harness to the side of the Chute Assembly Out.
4. Remove the 2 screws, the upper screw is attached to the static discharge harness,
securing the Chute Assembly Exit to the Chute Assembly Out.

RRP 7.2 Exit Roller (PL 7.1.4)
S6200-130
Removal - Exit Roller

2. Release the tab securing the Gear Roll to the shaft and remove the Gear Roll.
3. Remove the bearing from the left side of the shaft on the Roll Exit.
4. Remove the e-ring securing the right end of the shaft of the Roll Exit.
5. Remove the bearing.
6. Raise the right side of the shaft and pull the Roll Exit to the right and up to
remove.

RRP 7.3 Mid Roller (PL 7.1.5)
S6200-131
Removal
1. Remove the Chute Assembly Exit (RRP 7.1)
2. Release the tab securing the Gear Roll and remove the Gear.
3. Remove the bearing from the left side of the shaft.
4. Remove the e-ring and bearing securing the right side of the shaft.
5. Raise the right side of the shaft and pull out the Mid Roll.

RRP 7.4 Duplex Motor Assembly (PL 7.1.8)
G48
S6200-132
Removal
1. Remove the Chute Assembly Exit (RRP 7.1).
2. Rotate Gear 48 to access 1 screw securing the Duplex Motor Assembly to the
Chute Assembly Exit, then remove the other screws.
3. Remove the Duplex Motor Assembly from the Chute Assembly Exit.

RRP 8.1 Exit Actuator (Fuser) (PL 8.1.7)
S6200-137
Removal
2. Remove the bearing from the left side of the Fuser Exit Roller and move the exit
roller slightly out of the way.
3. Slide the Exit Actuator left.
4. Remove the Actuator Spring.

RRP 8.2 Strap (PL 8.1.13)
S6200-141
Removal
1. Open Door B.
2. Turn the top of the strap 90 degrees and remove.

RRP 9.1 Laser Unit (PL 9.1.1)
S6200-142
Removal
1. Remove the Toner Cartridge Holder Assembly Unit (RRP 10.1)
2. Remove the Rear Fan (RRP 12.4).
3. Disconnect P/J151 from the Laser Unit.
4. Release the tabs securing the harness cable guide, located on top of the power
switch, and move out of the way.
5. Unhook the springs from the left and right ends of the shaft.
6. Remove 1 screw securing the Laser Unit to the printer and remove the assembly.
Replacement
1. Align the Laser Unit with the printer.
2. Secure the right and left shafts of the Laser Unit with the tabs on the top of the
Spring Laser.
3. Install the screw.
4. Connect P/J151.
Note: Perform the Color Registration procedure after replacing the
Laser Unit.

RRP 9.2 Bias Housing Assembly (PL 9.1.4)
S6200-143

Removal
Note: The Imaging Unit must be removed to prevent loss of the
biasing buttons.
3. Disconnect all the wires and remove from the channel.
4. Remove the Link: Left (RRP 1.8).
5. Remove the 5 screws securing the Bias Housing Assembly.
Caution: The biasing buttons fall out easily.
6. Remove the Housing Assembly.
Replacement
1. Replace in reverse order.
Note: Move all wiring harness out of the way when replacing.
Note: Ensure all 8 biasing buttons are in place.
Note: Verify the proper alignment of the biasing springs.

RRP 9.3 Chute Assembly Registration (PL 9.1.6)
Housing Electric Assembly (PL 9.1.11)
S6200-144
Removal
1. Open Door A and Door C.
3. Release the 2 tabs securing the Electric Housing Assembly to the printer and
remove straight up.
4. Disconnect P/J18 (blue) from the Registration Chute Assembly.
5. Disconnect P/J32 (blue) from the OHP Sensor.

1 S6200-145
6. Remove the 4 screws securing the Registration Chute Assembly.

7. Raise the left side of the Registration Chute Assembly and pull towards the left
side of the printer to remove.
Note: Ensure the mylar strip (item #1) is not bent or pinched but
seated properly in the middle cavity of the Registration chute
when reassembling.

RRP 9.4 Registration Sensor Actuator (PL 9.1.9)
Registration Sensor (PL 9.1.8)
S6200-146
Removal of Actuator
1. Remove the Chute Assembly Registration (RRP 9.3).
2. Shift the actuator to the left, lift up on the right side and remove.
3. Remove the actuator spring from the Actuator.
Note: Make note of the orientation of the spring for reassembly.

S6200-147
Removal of Sensor
1. Remove the Registration Actuator.
2. Disconnect P/J181.
3. Release the 3 tabs securing the Sensor to the Chute Assembly Registration and
remove the sensor.

RRP 9.5 OHP Sensor and Harness (Kit) (PL 9.1.12)
4 S6200-185
Removal
2. Remove the 2 e-rings securing the 2 Gears (items #4 & #5).
Note: When removing the Springs use caution they spring off the
shaft easily.
3. Remove both springs (item #1 & #6).
4. Pull out the bearing on the left side of the shaft (item #3).

1
2
3
S6200-186
5. Remove 1 screw from the left side of the Chute Assembly securing the Bracket
Assembly (item #3).
6. Pull off the black plastic bearing (item #2) securing the left side of the metal
registration roller.
S6200-187
7. Raise the left end of the shaft and remove with the right white plastic bearing
attached.

1
S6200-188
8. Pull back on the tabs (item #1) to remove the OHP Sensor Cover.
9. Remove the OHP Sensor from the cover.
10.Disconnect P/J321.
Reassembly
Note: When reassembling item #5, the white gear goes on the metal
roller, and the black gear (item 4) goes on the rubber roller.
Note: Install the springs last.

RRP 10.1 Toner Cartridge Holder Unit Assembly
(PL 10.1)
S6200-153
Note: Use only a Type II Toner Vacuum to remove toner deposits

before removing the Toner Cartridge Assembly.
Note: When removing toner deposits, be careful not to get toner
into the sensors.
Removal
1. Remove the Imaging Unit (CRU).
2. Remove the Rear Cover (RRP 1.7).
Note: Reinstall the toner cartridges to seal the toner system and
prevent spillage.
3. Disconnect P/J166 from the Low-Voltage Power Supply (rear fan) and shift the
wiring harness through the tab on the right side of the printer, being very careful
not to break the tab.
4. Disconnect P/J51 from the Motor Driver Board.

5. Disconnect P/J144 (yellow top) and P/J145 (gray bottom) from the EEPROM
Board (item #4).
6. Disconnect the third connector (P/J71) from the bracket on the left side printer.
7. Disconnect P/J5020, P/J5030, and P/J5011 from the Sub-High-Voltage Power
Supply Board (item #3).
8. Release P/J5011 from the clamp.
4
3
1
S6200-154
9. Release the 2 tabs securing the Gear Slide (item #1) and remove the slide.
10.Remove the Rack V (item #2) from the printer.

11.Remove the 8 screws securing the Toner Cartridge Holder Unit and remove the
unit.
Note: The 4 screws on the right side of the printer are below the
toner motors.
S6200-155
Replacment
1. Replace in reverse order.
Note: Damage can occur if the Gear and Rack are not in the proper
position. With Door C open, push the Rack V up as far as it
can go and then replace the gear.

RRP 10.2 Toner Cartridge Holder Assembly
(Y) (PL 10.1.1)
(M) (PL 10.1.2)
(C) (PL 10.1.3
(K) (PL 10.1.4)
S6200-149
Removal
2. Remove the Left and Right Covers (RRP 1.6).
3. Remove the Holder Toner Cartridge Assembly Unit (RRP 10.1).
Note: Reinstall the toner cartridges to prevent spillage.
Note: The holders need to be removed in Y, M, C, K order. There
are small locking tabs between the holders on each end that
lock them together.
4. In the Holder Toner Assembly Unit, release the tab securing the auger tube from
the Plate Dispensor (PL 10.1.9) with a small screwdriver and remove by sliding to
the right.
Note: You will need to disconnect the all connectors before
removing the holder in the next steps.

5. Disconnect the following Plug/Jacks from each dispenser (item #6):
■ Y - P/J511, P/J441 and P/J431
■M - P/J512, P/J442 and P/J432

■C - P/J513, P/J443 and P/J433
■K - P/J514, P/J444 and P/J434
6. Near the toner low sensor shift the harness’s from the tabs on the Toner Cartridge
Holder Assembly (item #7).
7. Release the tab securing the Toner Cartridge Holder Assembly (Y, M, C, K) to the
Plate Dispenser (item #8) and slide the Toner Cartridge Holder to the right to
remove.
7
6
S6200-150

RRP 10.3 Toner Present Switch (PL 10.1.18)
S6200-156
Removal
1. Remove the Toner Holder Cartridge Unit (RRP 10.1).
2. Remove the Holder Toner Cartridge Assembly of the relevant color (RRP 10.2).
3. Remove the Toner Cartridge for the relevant color.
Note: Rotate the Toner Holder Assembly with the switch facing up
before removing the switch to prevent toner spills.
4. Carefully pry the tabs securing the Toner Present Switch Assembly with a small
screwdriver and remove the switch.

RRP 10.4 Toner Low Sensor (PL 10.1.8)
S6200-157
Removal
1. Remove the Toner Holder Cartridge Assembly Unit (RRP 10.1).
2. Remove the Holder Toner Cartridge Assembly of the relevant color (RRP 10.2).
Note: Rotate the Toner Holder Assembly with the sensor face up
before removing the sensor to prevent toner spills.
3. Remove the 2 screws securing the Low Toner Sensor to the holder and remove the
sensor.

RRP 10.5 EEPROM Board (PL 10.1.16)
P/J 144
P/J 145
S6200-158
Removal
Caution: The yellow and gray harnesses on the EEPROM Board
(item #1) contain the same number of pins, but are NOT
interchangeable. Make sure P/J144 (yellow) is connected
on the top and the P/J145 (gray) is connected to the
bottom.
2. Disconnect P/J144 and P/J145 from the EEPROM Board on the left side of the
printer.
3. Remove 1 screw securing the EEPROM Board and remove the board.
Note: When a new EEPROM Board is installed in the printer, the
CRUM data written to the EEPROM makes it unique to that
printer. The EEPROM board cannot be re-used in another
printer

RRP 10.6 Sub-High Voltage Power Supply Board
(PL 10.1.17)
S6200-159
Removal
2. Disconnect P/J5011, P/J5030, and P/J5020 from the Sub-High Voltage Power
Supply Board.
3. Remove the 4 screws securing the board to the printer and remove the
Sub-High Voltage Power Supply Board.

RRP 11.1 Left Lever Plate (PL 11.1.1)
Lever Bracket (PL 11.1.2)
Lever Link (PL 11.1.3)
Lever Drum (PL 11.1.4)
Lever Spring (PL 11.1.5)
S6200-160
Removal
2. Remove the Top Imaging Unit Cover Door C (RRP 1.5).
3. Unhook the Left Link Spring (PL1.1.23).

.
S6200-180
4. Remove the Housing Assembly Bias (RRP 9.2).

5. Remove the 4 screws securing the Left Plate Assembly.
6. Press on the aligning posts from inside the cavity of the printer to remove the Plate
Assembly

.
3
S6200-178
7. Carefully remove the Left Link lever (item #4) from the printer chassis together
with the springs and the drum levers (item #3).
Note: Lay the asssembly on a flat surface, pressing down to remove
the spring from the drum lever.
8. Remove the spring levers.
Caution: Do not accidentally knock out the stud plungers (bias
contacts).
Note: For reassembly ensure the drum levers are seated properly
on the aligning posts.

RRP 11.2 Lever Plate Right (PL 11.1.7)
Lever Bracket (PL 11.1.2)
Lever Link (PL 11.1.6)
Lever Drum (PL 11.1.4)
Lever Spring (PL 11.1.5)
S6200-161
Removal
1. Remove the Right Cover (RRP 1.6).
2. Remove the Top Imaging Unit Cover (Door C) (RRP 1.5).
3. Remove the Right Link Spring (PL1.1.24)
4. Remove the Main Drive Assembly (RRP 11.3).
5. Remove the Motor Driver Board.

.
S6200-181
6. Remove the 4 screws securing the Right Plate Assembly.

7. Press on the aligning post from inside the cavity of the printer to remove the Plate
Assembly.

.
4 S6200-179
8. Carefully remove the Right Link lever (item #3) from the printer chassis together
with the springs and the drum levers (item #4).
Note: Lay the asssembly on a flat surface, pressing down on the
assembly, prior to removing the springs and the drum levers.
9. Remove the spring levers.
Note: For reassembly ensure the drum levers are seated properly
on the aligning posts.

RRP 11.3 Main Drive Assembly (PL 11.1.14)
1 S6200-164

Removal
1. Remove the Cover Top Main (RRP 1.4).
2. Remove the Cover Front Right (RRP 1.10).
3. Remove the Cover Right (RRP 1.6).
4. Remove the Link: Right (RRP 1.8).
5. Disconnect the P/J48 from the Motor Driver Board.
6. Free the harness from the clamp on the Main Drive Assembly.
7. Remove the 4 screws securing the Main Drive Assembly to the printer.
8. Remove the grounding screw.
9. Remove the Main Drive (item #1).

RRP 11.4 Developer Drive Assembly (PL 11.1.13)
S6200-163
Removal
1. Remove the Right Cover (RRP 1.6)
2. Remove the Motor Driver Board (RRP 12.3).
3. Disconnect P/J52 from the Motor Driver Board.
4. Remove the 4 screws securing the Developer Drive Assembly and remove.

RRP 11.5 Actuator, I/L (PL 11.1.8)
Spring, I/L (PL 11.1.9)
S6200-162
Removal
1. Remove the 4 screws on the Motor Driver Board and set the board to the side.
2. Remove the spring from the actuator.
3. Release the hook securing the actuator to the shaft and remove (item #1).

RRP 11.6 Earth Ground Circuit Board (PL 11.1.16)
S6200-177
Removal
1. Open Door A.
3. Remove the Transfer Roll Assembly.
5. Remove the Housing Assembly Retard (RRP 4.1).
6. Remove the 2 screws securing the Ground Circuit Board and remove the board.

RRP 12.1 AC Switch Harness Assembly (PL 12.1.11)
S6200-170
Removal
4. Remove the screw securing the ground wire to the LVPS.
5. Release the tabs securing the harness cable guide to the AC Switch bracket and
move aside.
6. Disconnect P/J161 from the LVPS.
7. Press in on the tabs and remove the Harness Assembly AC Switch from the
printer.

RRP 12.2 Low-Voltage Power Supply (PL 12.1.10)
2
1
S6200-168
S6200-169

Removal
2. Lift the Holder Toner Assembly Unit off the aligning tabs and move out of the
way.
3. Remove the 4 screws securing the Motor Driver Board and move out of the way.
4. Remove the Harness Cable Guide Assembly (items #1, 2, 3).
5. Remove the Harness Assembly AC Switch (RRP 12.1).
6. Disconnect P/J162, P/J163, P/J164, P/J165, and P/J166 from the Low-Voltage
Power Supply Board.
7. Remove the 3 screws securing the board to the printer and remove the
Low-Voltage Power Supply board.

RRP 12.3 Motor Driver Board (PL 12.1.12)
S6200-171
Removal
4. Disconnect all the connectors on the Motor Driver Board.
5. Remove the 4 screws securing the Motor Driver Board to the printer and remove
the board.

RRP 12.4 Rear Fan (PL 12.1.2)
S6200-167
Removal
1. Remove the Cover Rear (RRP 1.7).
2. Disconnect P/J166 from the Low-Voltage Power Supply board.
3. Carefully shift the harness out of the 4 hooks on the Toner Cartridge Holder
Assembly.
4. Remove the 2 screws securing the Rear Fan to the printer and remove the fan.
Note: When replacing the fan note the airflow direction, the label
side should face out.

RRP 12.5 Card Cage
1
S6200-173
Removal
Note: You do not need to remove the Laser Unit or Fan.
Note: The Chute Assembly Registration and the Housing Assembly
Bias MUST be removed prior to removing the Card Cage to
prevent damaging the Bias Springs.
2. Remove the Housing Assembly Bias (RRP 9.2).
3. Remove the Motor Driver Board (RRP 12.3).
4. Remove the LVPS (RRP 12.2).
5. Disconnect P/J151 from the Laser Unit.
6. Disconnect P/J16 from the Paper Tray Feeder.
7. Disconnect P/J141, P/J1361, P/J138, P/J221 and P/J139 from the bracket.

8. Disconnect P/J18, P/J19, P/J32 and P/J24 from the Engine Control board.
9. Disconnect P/J 2361 going to the Temperature/Humidity Sensor.
1 S6200-174
10.Remove the screw securing the ground wire.

Note: Remove the two screws from the metal of the card cage, not
the two screws secured in the plastic.
11.Remove the 4 screws securing the Card Cage to the printer and remove the card
cage (item #1).
Reassembly
Note: When reinstalling the Card Cage, make sure the Chute
Assembly Registration and the Bias Housing Assembly are
installed after reinstalling the Card Cage to prevent
damaging the bias springs.
Note: The black connector P30 is not used.

RRP 12.6 Housing Assembly Contact (PL 12.1.14)
S6200-172
Removal
1. Remove the Card Cage Assembly (RRP 12.5).
2. Release the 2 tabs securing the Housing Assembly Contact to the Card Cage and
remove the contact.

RRP 12.7 Engine Control Circuit Board (PL12.1.1)
S6200-165
Caution: Observe proper ESD procedures when removing any

circuit board from the printer.
Removal
1. Remove the Card Cage (RRP 12.5).
2. Remove the Housing Assembly Contact (RRP 12.6).
3. Remove the 4 screws securing the Cover Engine Control Board from the Box
Asssembly.

pin 1
NV RAM
S6200-166
4. Disconnect all 9 connectors on the Engine Control Board from the Card Cage.
5. Remove the 6 screws securing the Engine Control Board to the Card Cage and
remove the board.
Replacement
Note: The NVRAM must be moved over to the new board.
Note: Re-install the Engine Control Board prior to installing the
Chute Assembly Registration and the Housing Assembly
Bias to prevent damaging the bias springs.

RRP 12.8 Image Processor Board (PL12.1.4)
S6200-189
Removal
1. Turn the printer power off.
2. Disconnect any cables attached to the Image Processor board.
3. Loosen the 2 thumb screws securing the Image Processor board to the printer.
4. Holding both knobs on the Image Processor board, pull the board straight out
from the printer to remove.
Replacing the Board
The following items MUST be moved from the original Image Processor Board to the
new board. See "Image Processor Board' on page 9 for the exact locations of each
component.
1. Memory
2. Hard Drive (if installed)
3. Configuration Upgrade Chip (‘i’ Button)
4. NVRAM
5. Print a Configuration Page after the new board is installed to ensure the customers
configuration is correct.

RRP 14.1 Cover Front (PL14.2.4)
S6200-191
Removal
1. Remove Paper Trays 1 and 2.
2. Carefully pry up on the 3 tabs securing the Cover Front to the frame and remove
the Cover Front.
Reassembly
Note: When replacing the Cover Front note the orientation. Align
the edge with the slit in the Feeder Frame.

RRP 14.2 Cover, Right (PL14.2.1)
Cover, Left (PL14.2.3)
S6200-193
Right side shown
Removal
1. Remove Paper Trays 1 and 2.
2. Remove the Front Covers (RRP 14.1).
3. Remove the 5 screws securing the Cover Right and the 5 screws securing the
Cover Left.
4. Holding both ends of the cover, lift the cover and move left and right, flexing
slightly, to release the tabs from the holes in the Feeder frame.
5. Slide the cover toward the front to remove the Indicator Assembly.
Note: The Indicator Assembly flags will pop off.
6. Remove the Cover Right / Left.

RRP 14.3 Turn Chute Assembly (PL14.3.7)
S6200-195
Removal
1. Remove both Paper Trays from the HCF.
2. Holding the Chute Asssembly Turn, grip at both ends, push it down and release
the 2 tabs from the hole in the Fame Top.
3. Release the tabs securing the Chute Assembly Turn to the Tray Guide Left and
Right and remove the Chute Assemlby Turn.

RRP 14.4 Tray 2 Harness Assembly (PL14.5.3)
Tray 3 Harness Assembly (PL14.5.4)
HCF Plug Harness Assembly (PL14.5.2)
RIGHT
S6200-197
Removal
1. Remove both Paper Trays from the HCF Assembly.

Harness Assembly Tray 2
4. Disconnect P/J82 (gray) from the HCF Circuit Board
5. Remove the Harness Assembly Tray 2.
Harness Assembly Tray 3
6. Disconnect P/J83 (blue) from the Power Feeder Circuit Board and remove the
Harness Assembly Tray 3.
Harness Assembly Feeder Plug
Note: The wide slot in the middle of the plug faces outward.
Note: The tabs on the bottom of J810 can be easily damaged during
the removal process.
7. Disconnect P/J81 (yellow) from the Power Feeder Circuit Board.
8. Remove J810 by lifting out of the hole in the top of the HCF frame.
9. Lift the entire Harness Assembly Feeder Plug through the hole in the top of the
HCF frame.

RRP 14.5 Circuit Board, HCF (PL14.5.1)
S6200-277
Removal
4. Disconnect P/J81 from the Harness Feeder Plug Assembly.
5. Disconnect P/J82 from the Harness Assembly Tray 2.
6. Disconnect P/J83 from the Harness Assembly Tray 3.
7. Disconnect P/J84 from the Drive Assembly.
8. Remove the 3 screws securing the Power Feeder Circuit board to the HCF frame
and remove the board.
Replacement
Note: When replacing the Power Feeder Circuit Board, align the
hole on the board and the two tabs on the HCF Frame.

RRP 14.6 Drive Feeder Assembly (PL14.5.5)
S6200-198
Removal
4. Release the Tray 2 Harness Assembly (gray) from the cable restraints.
5. Disconnect P/J84.
6. Remove the 3 screws securing the Feeder Drive Assembly to the HCF and
remove.

RRP 14.7 Indicator Assembly (PL14.5.9)
1
2
S6200-196
Removal
4. Push down on the black bearing, on the top of the indicator shaft, lift up on the
shaft and pull out of the hole in the HCF frame.
Reassembly
Note: The Indicator Assembly has to be below the Low Paper
Lever.

RRP 14.8 Right Tray Guide (PL14.3.5)
Low Paper Lever (PL 14.5.8)
S6200-199
Removal
Guide Assembly Paper Tray Right
4. Remove the Chute Assembly Turn (RRP 14.3) .
5. Remove the Feeder Drive Assembly (RRP 14.6).
6. Remove the Indicator Assembly (RRP 14.7).
7. Remove the HCF Circuit Board (RRP 14.5).
8. Remove the 1 screw securing the Low Paper Bracket to the HCF frame.
9. Remove the Bracket.

S6200-200
10.Remove the 5 screws securing the Right Tray Guide to the HCF frame.
11.Release the 7 tabs securing the Right Tray Guide to the HCF frame.

S6200-201
12.Carefully remove the Low Paper Lever from the slit in the Right Tray Guide.
13.Remove the Guide Assembly Right by rotating the top in.
14.Repeat Steps 11 - 14 to remove the lower guide.

RRP 14.9 Left Tray Guide (PL14.3.3)
S6200-203
Removal
4. Remove the Chute Assembly Turn (RRP 14.3).
5. Remove the 5 screws securing the Left Tray Guide Assembly to the HCF frame.
6. Release the 6 tabs securing the Left Tray Guide Assembly to the HCF frame.

S6200-204
7. Remove the Guide Assembly by rotating the top inward.

8. Repeat Steps 1 - 7 to remove the lower guide.

RRP 14.10 Link Actuator (PL 14.4.6)
S6200-207
Removal
2. Remove the paper tray Rear Cover.
3. Reach in through the rear of the printer and spread the tabs of the Link Actuator
apart.
4. Remove the link actuator from the bracket in the printer.
5. Remove the actuator.
Note: When replacing, positon the Actuator so that the wider
portion is on the right side viewe from the front. Replace it
after passing the tip of the Link Actuator into the hole in the
HCF frame.

RRP 14.11 HCF Paper Pick Assembly (PL14.4.1)
S6200-208
S6200-209

Removal
1. Remove the Right and Left Tray Guide Assemblies (RRP 14.8) and (RRP 14.9).
3. Remove the 2 screws securing the Paper Pick Assembly to the right side of the
HCF frame.
4. Release 2 tabs on the Paper Pick Assembly from the 2 slits and window on the left
side of the HCF frame.
5. Disconnect P/J824, P/J8220 and P/J825.
6. Remove the Paper Pick Assembly through the window.
Note: When removing or replacing the the screws, be careful not to
damage the Gear or Spring with the screwdriver. When
passing the Paper Pick Assembly through the window, be
careful not to damage the rubber parts.

RRP 14.12 Idler Gear (PL14.5.6)
S6200-210
Removal
1. Remove the Tray 3 Guide Assembly Right and Left (RRP 14.8) (RRP 14.9).
3. Remove the Paper Pick Assembly for Tray 3 (RRP 14.11).
4. Remove the Gear Idler.
Note: When replacing, the larger side of the gear must face the
HCF frame.

RRP 14.13 No Paper, Low Paper Sensor (PL14.5.7)
S6200-211
Remove
1. Remove the Paper Trays.
2. Remove the Cover Front (RRP 14.1).
4. Remove the Chute Assembly Turn.
5. Remove the Indicator Assembly (RRP 14.7).
6. Remove the Bracket Low Paper, upper and lower.
7. Remove the HCF Circuit Board (RRP 14.5).
8. Remove the Right Tray Guide (RRP 14.8).
9. Release the 3 tabs securing the Sensor to the HCF frame and remove the sensor.
Note: Use caution, the Sensor tabs are easily broken.

RRP 14.14 Paper Size Switch Assembly (PL14.3.6)
S6200-202
Removal
1. Remove the Right Tray Guide Assembly (RRP 14.8).
2. Remove the 1 screw securing the Paper Size Switch to the Right Guide Assembly
and remove the switch.

FRU Parts List
Parts List Contents

Print Engine Page
PL 1.1 Covers 256

PL 2.1 Universal Paper Tray 258
PL 3.1 Paper Feed I 260
PL 3.2 Paper Feed II 262
PL 3.3 Paper Feed III 264
PL 4.1 Housing Assembly Retard 266
PL 5.1 Chute Assembly In 268
PL 6.1 Chute Assembly Out 270
PL 7.1 Chute Assembly Exit 272
PL 8.1 Transfer Roller & Fuser Assembly (CRCs) 274
PL 9.1 Xerographics 276
PL 10.1 Holder Toner Cartridge Assembly 278
PL 11.1 Frame and Drive Assemblies 280
PL 12.1 Electrical 282
PL 13.1 Harness Assemblies 284
Optional High-Capacity Feeder

PL 14.1 High-Capacity Feeder Paper Trays 2 & 3 286
PL 14.2 High-Capacity Feeder Covers 288
PL 14.3 High-Capacity Feeder Guides and Turn Chute Assembly 290
PL 14.4 Paper Pick Assembly Trays 2 & 3 292
PL 14.5 High-Capacity Feeder Harness, Board and Motor 294
Supplies and Accessories

PL 15.1 Xerox Supplies and Accessories 296
FRU Parts List 253

Changes to Xerox products are made to accommodate improved components as they
become available. It is important when ordering parts to include the following
information:
■ Component's part number
■ Product type or model number
■ Serial number of the printer
Serial numbering. Particular fields in the serial number indicate the modification
level of the printer, the date of its manufacture and the sequence number of the printer
produced on that day. The serial number is coded as follows:
■ The text “S/N” followed by the serial number in the barcode.
■ The barcode does not include a field identifier.
■ The nine digit serial number is based on the following format:
PPPRSSSSS
PPP = Three digit alphanumeric product code
Product Model Voltage Product Code

6200 N 110V LPH
6200 DP 110V LPH
6200V N 220V LPK
6200V DP 220V LPK
R - Single digit numeric revision digit. To be rolled when a major product change occurs. Initiated
with a change request.
SSSSS - Five digit numeric serial number.
Serial Number Example:

LPH453072:
LPH = Product code for the 110V Printer
4 = Revision level
53072 = Serial number

Using the Parts List
1. No. = The callout number from the exploded part diagram.
2. Part Number = The material part number used to order specific parts.
3. Qty = This number represents the parts per printer, not the number of parts
supplied in the actual part order.
4. Name/Description = Details the name of the part to be ordered and the number of
parts supplied per order.
5. Parts identified throughout this manual are referenced PL#.#.#; For example,
PL3.1.10 means the part is item 10 of Parts List 3.1.
6. A black triangle preceding a number followed by a parenthetical statement in an
illustrated parts list means the item is a parent assembly, made up of the individual
parts called out in parentheses.
7. The notation “with X~Y” following a part name indicates an assembly that is
made up of components X through Y. For example, “1 (with 2~4)” means part 1
consists of part 2, part 3, and part 4.
8. An asterisk (*) following a part name indicates the page contains a note about this
part.
9. The notation (NS) next to a part indicates that pariticular part is not spared, but
contained in a kit or major assembly.
10.The notation “J1<>J2 and P2” is attached to a wire harness. It indicates that
connector Jack 1 is attached to one end of the wire harness and connector J2 is
attached to the other end that is plugged into P2.
Note: Only parts showing part numbers are available for support.
Parts not showing part numbers are available on the parent
assembly.
Legend:
Identifier Meaning
C C-ring
E E-ring
KL K-clip
S Screw
FRU Parts List 255

PL 1.1 Covers
S6200-228

PL 1.1 - Covers - FRU Parts List Table
No. Part Number Qty Name/Description

1 333-4382-00 1 Control Panel (Front Panel Display)
2 116-0003-00 1 Cover Assembly, Front (with 3-7)
3 1 Cover, Front (NS, part of PL 1.1.2)
4 1 Holder, Lever Out (NS)
5 1 Lever Out (NS)
6 1 Con. Amp 175694-3 (NS)
7 116-0004-00 1 Fan, Fuser
8 116-0005-00 1 Cover Assembly, Top
9 116-0006-00 1 Cover, Top Main
10 116-0007-00 1 Cover Assembly, Top Image Unit (with11-19) (Door C)
11 1 CAM I/R (NS)
12 1 Cover, CAM (NS)
13 116-0010-00 1 Spring, CAM I/R
14 116-0011-00 1 Latch, Top Right
15 1 Handle, Top (NS)
16 1 Shaft Latch, Top (NS)
17 1 Spring, Handle (NS)
18 116-0014-00 1 Latch, Top Left
20 116-0016-00 1 Cover, Rear
21 116-0492-00 2 Stud, Top (1 per order)
22 116-0586-00 2 Spring, Link (1 per order)
23 116-0963-00 2 Link (1 per order)
24 116-0974-00 1 Cover, Side, Right
25 116-1322-00 1 Cover Assembly, Front Right
26 1 Cover, Multi-Purpose Tray (NS, part of Multi-Purpose Tray

99)
27 1 Multi-Purpose Tray Slide (NS, part of Multi-Purpose Tray

99)
28 116-1325-00 1 Assembly, MPT ,Base
29 116-1326-00 1 Cover Assembly, Front Left
30 116-1327-00 1 Cover, Side, Left
31 1 Cover, Top Stopper (NS)
99 116-1329-00 1 Tray, MPT(with 26 and 27)
FRU Parts List 257

PL 2.1 Universal Paper Tray
2
3
4
5 S6200-229

PL 2.1 Tray, Univeral Paper - FRU Parts List Table
ID No. Part Number Qty Name/Description

1 116-1330-00 1 Universal Paper Tray (with 2~6)
2 116-1331-00 2 Paper Feed Roller Kit*

*(2 interchangeable rollers per order)
3 116-1332-00 1 Assembly, Friction Clutch
4 1 Holder, Retard (NS)
5 116-1334-00 1 Spring, Retard
6 1 Cover, Front Tray (NS)
FRU Parts List 259

PL 3.1 Paper Feed I
5
5
5
5
1
2
4
4 4
S6200-230

PL 3.1 Paper Feed - FRU Parts List Table

1 116-1335-00 1 Cover, Feeder, Front
2 116-1336-00 1 Assembly, Turn Chute
3 116-1337-00 1 Cover, Paper Tray, Rear
4 116-1338-00 3 Block (1 per order)
5 212-0237-00 4 Long Screw (M3 x 85) Kit (2 per order)
FRU Parts List 261

PL 3.2 Paper Feed II
S6200-231

PL 3.2 Paper Feed II - FRU Parts List Table

1 116-1340-00 1 Assembly, Harness, Temperature/Humidity
(J231~J2361)
2 116-1341-00 1 Sensor, Temperature/Humidity
3 116-1342-00 1 Asssembly, Harness, LTA (HCF) (J210~P810)
4 116-1343-00 1 Assembly, Paper Size Switch
5 116-1344-00 4 Printer Feet (4 per order)
7 116-1345-00 1 Lever, Low Paper
8 116-1346-00 1 Indicator, Paper Level
9 116-1347-00 1 Indicator, Holder, Shaft
10 116-1348-00 1 Indicator, Guide
11 116-1349-00 1 Indicator, Spring
12 116-1350-00 1 Indicator, Shaft
13 116-1351-00 1 Paper Tray Stopper
FRU Parts List 263

PL 3.3 Paper Feed III
S6200-247

PL 3.3 Paper Feeder III - FRU Parts List Table

1 116-1352-00 1 Assembly, Paper Pick (with 2~24)
2 1 Shaft, Feed 1 (NS)
3 116-1353-01 2 Paper Pick Roller Kit (2 per order)
4 116-1354-00 1 Sensor, (No Paper, Low Paper)
5 116-1355-00 1 Actuator, No Paper
6 116-1356-00 1 Actuator, Link
7 3 Bearing - Metal (NS)
8 1 Gear, Feed 1 (NS)
9 1 Spring, Feed 1 (NS)
10 1 Spring, Feed H (NS)
11 1 Gear, Feed H2 (NS part of 99)
13 1 Gear, Feed 2 (NS part of 99)
14 1 Gear, Idler Feed (NS part of 99)
15 1 Gear, Idler (NS part of 99)
16 1 Clutch Stopper (NS)
17 116-1361-00 1 Feed Solenoid
18 116-1362-00 1 Assembly, Clutch Turn
19 1 Gear, Idler In (NS part of 99)
20 116-1363-00 1 Assembly, Roll Turn
21 3 Bearing - Black (NS)

24 116-1366-00 1 Assembly, Harness, Feeder

(J47-J471/J472/J473/P474/P475)
99 116-1367-00 1 Paper Feed Gear Kit (with 8, 11~15 and 19)
FRU Parts List 265

PL 4.1 Housing Assembly Retard
S6200-232

PL 4.1 Assembly, Housing Retard - FRU Parts List Table

1 116-1368-00 1 Assembly, Housing Retard (with 2~13)
2 1 Roll, Turn (NS)
3 1 Shaft, Retard (NS)
5 116-1371-00 1 Assembly, RetardRoll
7 1 Housing, Retard (NS)
8 1 Bearing (NS)
9 116-1374-00 1 Turn Clutch
10 1 Stud, Retard (NS)
11 1 Spring, Retard 370 (NS)
12 1 Cap, Retard (NS)
13 1 Bearing, Ground (NS)
FRU Parts List 267

PL 5.1 Chute Assembly In
S6200-233

PL 5.1 Chute Assembly, In - FRU Parts List Table

1 Chute Assembly, In (with 2~30)
1a 116-1379-00 1 120 V
1b 116-1380-00 1 220 V
2 116-1381-00 1 Assembly, Wiring 2nd BTR (J5020)(Transfer Roller)
3 116-1382-00 1 Spring, 2nd BTR
4 116-1383-00 1 Shaft, BTR IN
5 116-1384-00 1 Assembly, Wire Disk (J5030)
6 116-1385-00 1 Spring, DTC
7 116-1386-00 1 Stud, 2nd BTR
8 116-1387-00 1 Spring, Holder BTR
9 9a 116-1388-00 1 Assembly, Harness Fuser 100 V / 120 V (FSR 2)

9b 116-1389-00 1 Assembly, Harness Fuser 220 V (FSR 22)
10 116-1390-00 1 Assembly, Harness CTD (ADC)
11 116-1391-00 1 Assembly, Sensor CTD (ADC)
12 116-1392-00 1 Spring, ADC
13 116-1393-00 1 Sensor, Toner Full
14 116-1394-00 1 Assembly, Harness Toner Full SNS
15 116-1395-00 1 Spring, IDT
16 116-1396-00 1 Stud, IDT
17 116-1397-00 1 Holder, IDT
18 116-1398-00 1 Assembly, Drive Fuser
19 116-1399-00 1 Spring, BTR
20 116-1400-00 1 Wire Assembly, FSR Earth GRND
21 116-1401-00 1 Right Latch
22 116-1402-00 1 Spring, Latch
23 1 Shaft, Latch (NS)
24 116-1403-00 1 Plate, In T/R
25 116-1404-00 2 Roll, Pinch Turn (1 per order)
26 116-1405-00 2 Spring, Pinch Turn (1 per order)
27 116-1406-00 2 Roll, Pinch Dup (Duplex) (1 per order)
28 116-1407-00 1 Spring, Pinch Dup (Duplex)
29 116-1408-00 1 Chute, In (Duplex)
30 116-1409-00 1 Left Latch
FRU Parts List 269

PL 6.1 Chute Assembly Out
S6200-234
PL 6.1 Chute Assembly, Out - FRU Parts List Table

ID No Part Number Qty Name/Description
1 116-1410-00 1 Assembly, Chute Out (with 2~43)
2 116-1411-00 1 Assembly, Harness, Front 2

PL 6.1 Chute Assembly, Out - FRU Parts List Table
ID No Part Number Qty Name/Description

3 116-1412-00 1 Assembly, Harness, Front Panel
4 116-1413-00 3 Sensor, (Full Stack, Paper Present) (1 per order)
5 116-1414-00 1 Actuator, Output Tray Full (Full Stack)
6 116-1415-00 4 Spring, Pinch Exit (1 per order)
7 116-1416-00 2 Roll, Pinch Exit (1 per order)
8 116-1417-00 2 Roll, Pinch (1 per order)
9 116-1418-00 1 Eliminator Assembly
10 116-1419-00 1 Gear 30
11 1 Bearing Ground (NS)
12 116-1420-00 1 Roll, Dup (Duplex)
13 116-1421-00 1 Actuator, Duplex
14 116-1422-00 1 Actuator, Cover
15 116-1423-00 1 Spring, Sensor Dup (Duplex)
16 1 Bearing (NS)
17 1 Latch, Plate (NS)
18 1 Latch, Out (NS)
19 1 Latch, Holder (NS)
20 116-1425-00 1 Latch, Spring Out
21 116-1426-00 2 Spring, N/F MPT 250GF (1 per order)
22 116-1427-00 1 Gear, MPT
23 116-1428-00 1 Assembly, Harness Duplex
24 2 Bearing, MPT (NS)
25 116-1430-00 2 CAM, MPT (1 per order)
26 116-1431-00 2 Core, Roll, MPT (1 per order)
27 116-1432-00 1 Assembly, Feed Roll
28 1 Shaft MPT (NS)
35 116-1433-00 1 Plate, Out MPT
36 116-1434-00 1 Sensor, Spring MPT
37 116-1435-00 1 Actuator, MPT
38 116-1436-00 1 Solenoid Stopper
39 116-1437-00 1 Solenoid, Spring
40 116-1438-00 1 Feed Solenoid, MPT
41 1 Chute, Out (NS)
42 116-1439-00 1 Assembly, Bottom Plate, MPT
43 116-1440-00 1 Assembly, Wire, Earth GRND
FRU Parts List 271

PL 7.1 Chute Assembly Exit
S6200-235

PL 7.1 Chute Assembly, Exit - FRU Parts List Table

1 116-1441-00 1 Chute Assembly, Exit (with 2~11)
2 2 Gear Roll (NS, part of PL 7.1.99)
3 2 Bearing Earth (NS)
4 116-1442-00 1 Roll, Exit
5 116-1443-00 1 Roll, Mid
6 116-1444-00 1 Chute, Exit Lower
7 2 Bearing (NS)
8 116-1445-00 1 Assembly, Duplex Motor
9 1 Gear, 42 (NS, part of PL 7.1.99)
10 2 Gear, 40/42 (NS, part of PL 7.1.99)
11 2 Gear, 48 (NS, part of PL 7.1.99)
99 116-1446-00 1 Chute Assembly, Exit Gear Kit (with 2,9~11)
FRU Parts List 273

PL 8.1 Transfer Roller & Fuser Assembly (CRCs)
S6200-236

PL 8.1 Transfer Roller and Fuser - FRU Parts List Table

1
1a 016-2014-00 1 110 V Fuser, Phaser 6200 (with 7 and 8)
1b 016-2015-00 1 220 V Fuser, Phaser 6200 (with 7 and 8)
7 116-1447-00 1 Actuator, Exit
8 116-1448-00 1 Actuator, Spring
12 016-2013-00 1 Transfer Roller, (BTR)
13 116-1449-00 1 Strap
14 116-1528-00 2 E-Ring (part of E-Ring Kit )
15 116-1450-00 2 Shaft, Pivot (1 per order)
FRU Parts List 275

PL 9.1 Xerographics
S6200-237

PL 9.1 Xerographics - FRU Parts List Table

1 116-1451-00 1 Laser Unit
2 116-1452-00 2 Spring, ROS (1 per order)
3 016-2012-00 1 Imaging Unit
4 116-1453-00 1 Bias Housing Assembly
5 116-1454-00 8 Plunger, Stud (1 per order)
6 116-1455-00 1 Assembly, Chute Registration (with 7~10 and 12)
7 1 Registration Clutch (NS)
8 116-1413-00 1 Sensor, Registration
9 116-1456-00 1 Actuator, Registration
10 116-1457-00 1 Actuator Spring, Registration
11 116-1458-00 1 Assembly, Housing, Electric
12 116-1459-00 1 OHP Sensor (with Harness) Kit
FRU Parts List 277

PL 10.1 Holder Toner Cartridge Assembly
S6200-238

PL 10.1 Toner Cartridge Holder Unit Assemblies - FRU Parts List

1 016-2003-00 1 Yellow Toner Cartridge, Standard-Capacity
016-2007-00 1 Yellow Toner Cartridge, High-Capacity
2 016-2002-00 1 Magenta Toner Cartridge, Standard-Capacity

016-2006-00 1 Magenta Toner Cartridge, High-Capacity
3 016-2001-00 1 Cyan Toner Cartridge, Standard-Capacity

016-2005-00 1 Cyan Toner Cartridge, High-Capacity
4 016-2004-00 1 Black Toner Cartridge, Standard-Capacity

016-2008-00 1 Black Toner Cartridge, High-Capacity
8 116-1464-00 1 Sensor, Toner Low
9 116-1465-00 1 Assembly, Plate Dispenser, Left
10 116-1460-00 1 Holder, Toner Cartridge Assembly, Yellow
11 116-1461-00 1 Holder, Toner Cartridge Assembly, Magenta
12 116-1462-00 1 Holder, Toner Cartridge Assembly, Cyan
13 116-1463-00 1 Holder, Toner Cartridge Assembly, Black
14 116-1466-00 1 Assembly, Harness Toner

(J51-J431/J432/J433/J434/J441/J442/J443/J444/
J511/J512/J13/J514)
15 116-1467-00 1 Assembly , Harness CRUM (J71-J710)
16 116-1468-00 1 *Circuit Board, EEPROM
17 116-1469-00 1 Sub-High-Voltage Power Supply
18 116-1470-00 1 Switch, Toner CTG-IN (Present)
* When a new EEPROM Board is installed in the printer, the CRUM data written to
the EEPROM makes it unique to that printer. The EEPROM board cannot be
re-used in another printer.
FRU Parts List 279

PL 11.1 Frame and Drive Assemblies
S6200-239

PL 11.1 Frame and Drive Assemblies - FRU Parts List Table

1 1 Lever, Plate Left (NS)
2 116-1471-00 2 Lever, Bracket (1 per order)
3 116-1472-00 1 Lever, Link , Left
4 116-1473-00 8 Lever, Drum (1 per order)
5 116-1474-00 8 Lever, Spring (1 per order)
6 116-1475-00 1 Link Lever, Right
7 1 Lever, Plate Right (NS)
8 116-1476-00 1 Actuator, I/L
9 116-1477-00 1 Spring, I/L
10 116-1478-00 2 Press, Gear IDL (1 per order)
11 116-1479-00 1 Press, Gear Right
12 116-1480-00 1 Spring, IDT Right
13 116-1481-00 1 Assembly, Developer Drive
14 116-1482-00 1 Assembly, Main Drive
15 116-1483-00 1 Registration, Film
16 116-1484-00 1 Circuit Board, Earth GRND (Ground)
17 116-1485-00 1 Spring, IDT Left
18 116-1486-00 1 Press, Gear, Left
FRU Parts List 281

PL 12.1 Electrical
S6200-240

PL 12.1 Electrical - FRU Parts List Table

1 116-1487-00 1 Circuit Board, Engine Control
2 116-1488-00 1 Rear Fan
3 116-1489-00 2 Harness, Clamp Guide (1 per order)
4 671-5290-81 1 Image Processor Board, no configuration chip, no

memory, no NVRAM, no Hard Drive
4a 163-1459-00 IC, Memory NVRAM
4b Configuration Chip = “i” button
163-1458-00
IC, Base Configuration Chip
163-1474-00
IC, Network Configuration Upgrade Chip
163-1475-00
IC, DP/DX Configuration Upgrade Chip
4c 650-4237-00 Internal Hard Drive, FRU
Memory
156-4838-00 64 MB, 8M x 64, PC133; Memory DIMM
4d
5 1 Plate, Rear, Image Processor Board (NS)
6 2 Spring, Ground, Image Processor Board (NS)
7 1 Guide Right - Engine Control Board (NS)
8 1 Guide Left - Engine Control Board (NS)
10
10a 116-1494-00 1 Low-Voltage Power Supply 110 V
10b 116-1495-00 1 Low-Voltage Power Supply 220 V
11 116-1496-00 1 Assembly, Harness, AC Switch
12 116-1497-00 1 Circuit Board, Motor Driver
14 116-1498-00 1 Housing Assembly Contact
FRU Parts List 283

PL 13.1 Harness Assemblies
S6200-241

PL 13.1 - Harness Assemblies - FRU Parts List Table

1 116-1499-00 1 Assembly, Harness, LVNC (J165-61)
2 116-1500-00 1 Assembly, Harness, DRV 1 (J11-J41)
3 116-1501-00 1 Assembly, Harness, DRV 2 (J12-J42)
4 116-1502-00 1 Assembly, Harness, LVRPG (J164-311)
5 116-1503-00 1 Assembly, Harness, ROSKA (J15-J151)
6 116-1504-00 1 Assembly, Harness, 24 V (J60-J163)
7 116-1505-00 1 Assembly, Harness, FRONT 1A

(J13-P139/P1361/P1381/P5011)
8 116-1506-00 1 Assembly, Harness, OPF MAIN (J121-P210)
9 116-1507-00 1 Assembly, Harness, OPEPANE OPA (J22-P221)
10 116-1508-00 1 Assembly, Harness, EEPROM (J140-P71/J144/P141)
12 116-1509-00 1 Assembly, Harness, TMPB (J24-2361)
FRU Parts List 285

High Capacity Feeder FRU Parts List
PL 14.1 High-Capacity Feeder Paper Trays 2 & 3
2
3
4
5 S6200-246

PL 14.1 Tray 2 & 3, Univeral Paper - FRU Parts List Table

1 116-1330-00 1 Universal Paper Tray (with 2~5)

5 116-1334-00 1 Spring, Retard
6 1 Cover, Front Tray(NS)
FRU Parts List 287

PL 14.2 High-Capacity Feeder Covers
S6200-242

PL 14.2 High-Capacity Feeder Covers- FRU Parts List Table

1 116-1510-00 1 Cover, Left
2 116-1337-00 2 Cover, Rear (1 per order)
3 116-1511-00 1 Cover, Right
4 116-1512-00 3 Cover, Front (1 per order)
5 116-0009-00 2 Casters, Locking (1 per order)
6 116-0008-00 2 Casters, Non-Locking (1 per order)
7 116-1514-00 2 Indicator, Paper (1per order)
FRU Parts List 289

PL 14.3 High-Capacity Feeder Guides and Turn
Chute Assembly
S6200-243

PL 14.3 High-Capacity Feeder Guides and Chute - FRU Parts List Table

1 Guide Assembly (with 3 and 8) (NS)
2 Guide Assembly (with 5 and 6) (NS)
3 116-1515-00 2 Guide, Tray Left (1 per Tray)
5 116-1516-00 2 Guide, Tray Right (1 per Tray)
6 116-1343-00 2 Assembly, Paper Size Switch (1 per Tray)
7 116-1336-00 2 Assembly, Turn Chute (1 per Tray)
8 116-1351-00 2 Paper Tray Stopper(1 per Tray)
FRU Parts List 291

PL 14.4 Paper Pick Assembly Trays 2 & 3
S6200-244

PL 14.4 Paper Pick Assembly Trays 2 & 3 - FRU Parts List Table

1 116-1517-00 1 Paper Pick Assembly, LTA (with 2~24)
3 116-1353-01 2 Paper Pick Roller Kit (2 per order)
4 116-1354-00 1 Sensor, No Paper, Low Paper
5 116-1355-00 1 Actuator, No Paper
6 116-1356-00 1 Actuator, Link
7 3 Bearing - Metal (NS)
8 1 Gear, Feed 1 (NS)
9 1 Spring, Feed 1 (NS)
10 1 Spring, Feed H (NS)
13 1 Gear, Feed 2 (NS part of 99)
14 1 Gear, Idler Feed (NS part of 99)
15 1 Gear, Idler (NS part of 99)
16 1 Clutch Stopper (NS)
17 116-1361-00 1 Feed Solenoid,
18 116-1362-00 1 Assembly, Turn Clutch
19 1 Gear, Idler In (NS part of 99)
20 116-1363-00 1 Assembly, Roll Turn
21 2 Bearing, Black (NS)

*( 2 interchangeable rollers per order)
99 116-1367-00 1 Paper Feed Gear Kit (with 8, 11~15 and 19)
FRU Parts List 293

PL 14.5 High-Capacity Feeder Harness, Board and
Motor
S6200-245

PL 14.5 High-Capacity Feeder Harness, Board, Motor - FRU Parts List Table

1 116-1518-00 1 Circuit Board, Lower Feeder
2 116-1519-00 1 Assembly, OPT Feeder Plug
3 116-1520-00 1 Assembly, Harness, Tray 2
4 116-1521-00 1 Assembly, Harness, Tray 3
5 116-1522-00 1 Assembly, Drive, Feeder
6 1 Gear, Idler (NS, part of PL 3.3.99)
7 116-1354-00 2 Sensor, No Paper, Low Paper (1 per order)
8 116-1524-00 2 Lever, Low Paper (1 per order)
9 116-1525-00 Assembly, Indicator
10 116-1526-00 Assemlby, Harness, NPRSJ
FRU Parts List 295

PL 15.1 Xerox Supplies and Accessories
Repair Kits, World Kits and Repacking Kits
Description Part Number

Kit, Gear, Paper Feed 116-1367-00
Kit, Gear, Exit Chute 116-1446-00
Kit, OHP Sensor with Harness 116-1459-00
Printer Feet 116-1344-00
Kit Screw, Assorted 116-1527-00
Kit, Long Screw (M3 x 85) (2 each) 212-0237-00
Kit, E-Rings, Assorted 116-1528-00
Kit, Sensor Actuator, Assorted Actuators 116-1529-00
Kit, Paper Feed Rollers 116-1331-00

(2 interchangeable Rollers per)
Paper Pick Rollers 116-1353-01

(2 interchangeable Rollers per)
Main Shipping Box 004-5258-00
Lower Tray Deck Shipping Box 004-5278-00
Phaser 6200, World Kit Plus Standard 061-4462-00

Media Sample Pack
Phaser 6200, World Kit Plus Metric Media 061-4463-00

Sample Pack
Repackaging Kit, Phaser 6200 065-0610-00
Repackaging Kit, High-Capacity Feeder, 065-0620-00

Phaser 6200
Cleaning Kit, 5 Texwipes 016-1845-00
Power Cords

Cable Assy, 3,18AWG, 115 V, 98, 0L 161-0066-00
Cable PWR EURO 220V , 99L 161-0066-09
Cable PWR U.K. 240 V, 96L 161-0066-10
Cable PWR AUST 240 V, 96L 161-0066-11
Cable Assy SWISS 220/240 V, 50Hz 161-0154-00
Cable Assy PWR. DANISH, 250 V 161-0240-00
Cable Assy PWR, PRC 161-0304-00
Power, 240V , ARGENTINA 161-0307-00

Upgrade Kits and Options

Internal Hard Drive, FRU 650-4237-00
Memory
64 MB, 8M x 64, PC133; Memory DIMM 156-4838-00
High-Capacity Feeder w/ Trays 119-6415-00
Casters Non-Locking 116-0008-00
Casters Locking 116-0009-00
IC, Base Configuration Chip 163-1458-00
IC, Network Configuration Upgrade Chip 163-1474-00
IC, DP/DX Configuration Upgrade Chip 163-1475-00
IC, Memory NVRAM 163-1459-00
Customer-Replaceable Consumables (CRCs)

Toner Cartridges - Phaser 6200 all
Yellow Toner Cartridge, Standard-Capacity 016-2003-00
Yellow Toner Cartridge, High-Capacity 016-2007-00
Magenta Toner Cartridge, Standard-Capacity 016-2002-00

Magenta Toner Cartridge, High-Capacity 016-2006-00
Cyan Toner Cartridge, Standard-Capacity 016-2001-00

Cyan Toner Cartridge, High-Capacity 016-2005-00
Black Toner Cartridge, Standard-Capacity 016-2004-00

Black Toner Cartridge, High-Capacity 016-2008-00
Imaging Unit 016-2012-00
Fuser
110 V 016-2014-00
220 V 016-2015-00
Transfer Roller 016-2013-00
Customer-Replaceable Units (CRUs)

Universal Paper Tray (1, 2, 3) 016-1330-00
Paper Feed Roller Kit 116-1331-00
FRU Parts List 297

Software and Documentation

Product CD 063-3414-00
Printer Management CD 063-3415-00
Interactive Documentation CD 063-3419-01
Service Manual 071-0784-00
Print Media

Premium Paper, A, 500 Sheets 016-1368-00
Premium Paper, A4, 500 Sheets 016-1369-00
Glossy Coated Paper, A, 100 Sheets 016-1704-00
Glossy Coated Paper, A4 100 Sheets 016-1705-00
Color Printing Labels, A, 30 per, 100 Sheets 016-1812-00
Color Printing Labels, A, 6 per, 100 Sheets 016-1813-00
Color Printing Labels, A4, 14 per, 100 Sheets 016-1814-00
Color Printing Labels, A4, 8 per, 100 Sheets 016-1815-00
Premium Cover Paper, A, 100 Sheets 016-1823-00
Premium Cover Paper, A4, 100 Sheets 016-1824-00
CD/DVD Label and Applicator; contains 1 016-1885-00

Applicator & 1 Jewel Case
CD/DVD Labels and Inserts, 1 Insert/Sheet, 016-2011-00

Letter (8.5 x 11 in.), 20 Sheets, 2 Labels per
Sheet, 10 Sheets
CD/DVD Labels and Inserts, A4, 016-2026-00

(210 x 297mm) 1 Insert/Sheet, 20 Sheets, 2
Labels per Sheet, 10 Sheets
Premium Business Card Media, A, 10 per 016-1898-00

25 Sheets
Premium Business Card Media, A4, 10 per 016-1899-00

25 Sheets
Phaser 6200 Premium Transparency, Letter 016-1948-00

(8.5 x 11 in.), 50 Sheets
Phaser 6200 Premium Transparency, A4 016-1949-00

(210 x 297mm), 50 Sheets
Premium Greeting Card Media w/ Envelopes, 016-1987-00

A, 50 sheets

Print Media (cont'd.)

Premium Greeting Card Media w/ Envelopes, 016-1988-00
A4, 50 sheets
Digital Photo Paper, A, 50 Sheets 016-2009-00
Digital Photo Paper, A4, 50 Sheets 016-2010-00
FRU Parts List 299

Blank Page

Theory of Operation
Contents
Desctiption Page
Summary of the Printing Process 302
Print Modes 304
Printer Controls 305
Printer Paper Path 314
Major Assemblies and Functions

Paper Tray 1 319
Paper Feed 320
HCF Trays 2 & 3 321
HCF Drive and Gears 323
Printer Frame and Drive 316
Print Engine Gears 318
Print Engine Main Drive 317
Retard Housing Assembly 324
Chute Assembly In 325
Chute Assembly Out (Duplex) 326
Chute Assembly Exit 328
Duplex Drive and Gears 329
Transfer Roller and Fuser 331
Registration Chute Assembly 330
Xerographics 333
Toner Cartridge Unit 336
Developer and Toner Drive 338
Electrical 339

Summary of the Printing Process
The Phaser 6200 Color Laser Printer is a ‘full-color laser printer’, applying the
principals of an electrophotgraphic system. The system, comprising a drum and
developing unit for each color (yellow, magenta, cyan and black (YMCK) ), places
the toner image of each color onto print media producing full-color prints through
three intermediate transfer units (IDT1: 2, IDT2: 1). The following procedures are
summarized. The printing process is composed of the following steps, see the
illustration on the following page as a reference:
1. Charging: The drum surface rotates at a constant speed while being uniformly
charged with negative electricity. This process is performed simultaneously for
YMCK.
2. Exposure: The charged drum surface is scanned by laser beams to form an
invisible electrostatic latent image on the drum surface. This process is performed
simultaneously for YMCK.
3. Development: Toner is electrostatically attached to the invisible latent image on
the drum surface to form the visible image on the drum. This process is performed
simultaneously for YMCK.
4. Primary Transfer (drum --> IDT 1): The toner image formed on the individual
drum surface is transferred onto the surface of the IDT1 (intermediate Drum Transfer
1: intermediate transfer roll 1). There are two IDT1’s: one for yellow and magenta
and one for cyan and black.
5. Secondary Transfer (IDT 1 --> IDT 2): The toner image formed on both IDT 1
surfaces are then transferred onto the surface of IDT 2 to create a 4-color toner
complete image.
6. Cleaning: Toner remaining on both IDT 1’s after the image transfer to IDT 2 is
temporarily stored in the IDT 1 cleaner.
7. Tertiary Transfer: The finished toner image on IDT 2 is transferred onto the
print media using the voltage supplied by the transfer roller.
8. Cleaning: Toner remaining on IDT 2 after transfer is temporarily stored in the
IDT 2 cleaner.
9. Static Elimination: Negative DC voltage is applied to the back side of the print
media by the Detack Saw, located on the Transfer Roller Assembly, to neutralize and
eliminate the charge to the print media.
10. Fixing: Toner is fused onto the print media by the Fuser Assembly using heat
and pressure.
11. Cleaning: During the general cleaning process, the voltage from the IDT rollers
and drums go through a cycle of changes to move the negative and positive charged
toner from IDT1 then IDT2 and then the transfer roller. The toner stored in the IDT 1
cleaner, the IDT 2 cleaner and on the transfer roller is removed and deposited into the
transfer roller waste recovery bin.

Drum Y Drum M Drum C Drum K
Charged Charged Charged Charged

(1) with (1) with (1) with (1) with
electricity electricity electricity electricity
(2) Exposure (2) Exposure (2) Exposure (2) Exposure
(3) Develop-
ment (3) Develop-
ment (3) Develop-
ment (3) Develop-
ment
(4) Primary transfer (4) Primary transfer

(Drum fi IDT1) (Drum fi IDT1)
Intermediate Cleaning Intermediate Cleaning

(6) (6)
transfer unit ( IDT1) transfer unit ( IDT1)
( IDT1) ( IDT1)
(5) Secondary transfer

( IDT1 fi IDT2)
Intermediate
(8) Cleaning ( IDT2)
transfer unit
( IDT2)
(7) Tertiary transfer Cleaning
(11)
( IDT2 fi Paper) (general)
Transfer
Paper (9) Static elimination
Roller
(10) Fixing
S6200-009
RTC Refresher Drum(Y)

[(1) Charging with electricity]
Refresher
RTC IDT1
[(1) Charging with electricity] [(4) Primary transfer]
Developer(Y) [(5) Secondary transfer]
[(3) Development] IDT1 Cleaner
[(6) Cleaning]
Drum(M)
Developer(M) IDT2 Cleaner

[(3) Development] [(8) Cleaning]
RTC
[(1) Charging with electricity] IDT2
[(5) Secondary transfer]
Developer(C)
[(3) Development] [(7) Tertiary transfer]
IDT1
Drum(C) [(4) Primary transfer]
RTC [(5) Secondary transfer]
[(1) Charging with electricity]
IDT1 Cleaner
Developer(K) [(6) Cleaning]
[(3) Development] Drum(K)
Refresher Refresher S6200-011
Flow chart of the printing process.

Overview of the Phaser 6200 Color
Laser Printer Theory of Operation
Print Modes
There are three types of print modes: draft/standard mode, enhanced mode, and photo
mode. These are based on the resolution (600 dpi/1200 dpi) and process speed (full
speed/half speed).
Setting the process speed to half speed and the video data transfer speed to twice the
speed at 600 dpi attains the resolution of 1200 dpi.
■ Standard/Draft mode: Used for printing with a resolution of 600 dpi.
■ Enhanced mode: Used for printing on plain paper with a resolution of
2400 X 600 dpi.
■ Photo mode: Gloss is raised by setting half speed with plain paper with a
resolution of 1200 x 1200 dpi.

Printer Controls
Control of Paper Size
The paper size control is determined by a paper size switch located in each paper tray
slot. The switch setting is set by moving the tray which in turn sets the plastic
“fingers” on the sides of the paper tray to a specific postion.

SW1 SW2 SW3
LEGAL14" ON ON ON
LEGAL13" ON ON OFF
EXECUTIVE ON OFF ON
B5 ON OFF OFF
A4 OFF ON ON
A OFF OFF ON
A5 (only supported from MPT) OFF ON ON
No Tray OFF OFF OFF
Selective Control; Paper Pick

When not controlled by the Engine Control Board, the paper pick selected at power
ON is; "Tray 1". Trays in the optional High-Capacity Feeder are "Tray 2" and
"Tray 3" respectively.
Laser Quantity Control

Image data is transmitted to the laser diodes in the Laser Unit as digital signals and
the laser diodes convert the image data from digital signals to optical signals (data
expressed with blinking laser beams). If variations in the light intensity from the laser
beams or variations in the optical system, such as lenses or drum sensitivity, cannot
obtain a proper electrostatic image, then the laser diodes monitor and adjust the light
intensity of the laser beams to control and attain a stable electrostatic image. The
Laser Unit in the Phaser 6200 printer has four laser diodes: one each for yellow,
magenta, cyan and black, that adjust the light intensity for each color automatically.

Process Control
For stable printing, the parameters related to the image forming must be monitored
and adjusted by the printer. Parameter correction and control over the entire printing
process is called “process control”. There are two main controls:
■ Bias Control
■ Toner Density Control
To supplement these two controls, the following are provided:
■ High-Area Coverage Mode
■ Admix Mode
■ CTD Sensor (ADC - Automatic Density Control) LED light density setting.
Bias Control
To attain stable image density, the drum charging voltage and the developing DC
voltage are continuously adjusted according to the developing capability of each
color. The adjusted drum charging voltage and the developing DC voltage are fed
back to keep the image density constant.
The bias control is made immediately before the start of printing, if any of the
following conditions is satisfied:
■ First print produced after the power on.
■ Accumulative print count exceeds 16 after power on.
■ When a cleaning cycle is executed during continuous printing.
The outline of toner density control is as follows.
1. The Temperature/Humidity Sensor detects the temperature and humidity, and sets
the target values of the drum charging voltage and developing DC voltage.
2. The patches of respective colors (yellow, magenta, cyan, and black) for the bias
control are generated and transferred to the Transfer Roller.
About 11mm
3. The CTD (ADC) Sensor detects the density of the

patches and area on the Transfer Roller where no toner Y About 12mm
is present.
4. The density measured in Step 3 is compared with the M About 3mm
target value set in Step 1 to adjust the drum charging About 57mm
voltage and the developing DC voltage for each color

C
according to the difference in value.
engine principle0046FA
S6200-053

Toner Density Control
Toner density must be kept constant to attain a stable print image. To keep the toner
density constant, the toner is dispensed at exactly the same rate it is consumed. There
are two systems to control toner density: the PCDC and CTD working in conjunction.
PCDC (Pixel Count Dispense Control): The amount of toner consumed in the
developing process is calculated by counting the video signals entered into the Laser
Unit. The video signal count is made by the charging and discharging of the capacitor
in the CR circuit performed simultaneously to the video signal line. The consumed
toner quantity is calculated by the toner dispense time. The toner motor is then driven
by the calculated toner dispense time, supplying toner to the developer.
CTD (ADC Auto Density Control): The patches of respective colors (yellow,
magenta, cyan, and black) for the toner density control are generated and transferred
by the transfer roller. The CTD (ADC) sensor measures this density. The measured
value is compared with the reference value and if the toner density is low, the
dispensed toner quantity is increased on the next print, or if the toner density is high,
the dispensed toner quantity is reduced on the next print. The dispensed toner quantity
is calculated by the toner dispense time. This calculation is made for each color.
Total dispense counts 4 5 3 4 2 2 3 4 3 2

Even allotment in first 8 prints
Correction amount by ADC +16
Dispense counts by PCDC 2 3 1 2 0 0 1 2 3 2
Correction amount by ADC -8
Total dispense counts 1 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 2 2
S6200-051

High-Area Coverage Mode
Continuous printing of an image with density exceeding the toner dispense capability
causes the toner density in the developer to be lowered below the target toner density.
The high area coverage mode retards the next page fed and dispenses toner during
this time so that the toner density time reaches the specified value during continuous
printing.
Admix Mode
If the high area coverage mode can not deal with the reduction of toner density in the
developer or if the machine is used in a high-humidity environment and is relocated
to a low-humidity environment, the reference value for the toner density will change.
This causes a large discrepancy between the measured values from the CTD sensor
and the referenced value for the toner density.
Admix mode dispenses the toner immediately to prevent low-toner density. If the
patch density result measured by the CTD Sensor is lower than the reference value
from the toner density control, then the admix mode is generated.
LED Light Density CTD (ADC) Control of Sensor
The CTD (ADC) sensor is a reflective sensor that emits light from an LED in the
sensor and detects the reflected light from the transfer roller. For exact density
measurement, the sensor output value (reflected light density) must be the specified
value when no toner is put on the Transfer Roller. The reflected light density varies
depending on the Transfer Roller surface condition or dirty condition of CTD (ADC)
sensor surface. The light density emitted from the LED is controlled so that the
reflected light density meets the specified value.
This control is implemented in two ways:
1. Sets the light density so that the light reflected satisfies a specific value.
2. Adjusts the subsequent light density to be within a specific tolerance value.
1. Light Density Setting
The reflected light density can vary greatly if the transfer roller has been
replaced or the CTD (ADC) sensor has been cleaned. To deal with this
variance the light density is reset when the power is turned on or the front
cover is opened and closed.
The intensity of the LED increases gradually and the set value is adjusted
when the output of the CTD (ADC) sensor exceeds the specified value. If
the output of the CTD (ADC) sensor does not reach the specified value,
even though the light density is increased to the maximum limit, the
controller signals the sensor is dirty. The controller will also signal the
sensor as faulty in the event of extremely high output.

2. Light Density Adjustment
At the execution of automatic density control, the light density adjustment
is made just before the patches for toner density control are generated.
Light is emitted from the LED, with the current light density setting, to
check if the output value of the CTD (ADC) sensor is within the specified
range. If the output value is low light density is increased. If the output
value is high, the light density is decreased.
If the output value is less than the first lower limit, the controller signals the
sensor as dirty and generates a warning. If less than the second lower limit,
the controler signals the sensor as faulty and stops the printing.

Color Registration Control
The printer uses a quad system where drums and developers are used exclusively for
yellow, magenta, cyan, and black. Images are formed on the drums, in respective
colors, and layered to form one image. To avoid a shift in color the color registration
control calculates how much the registration is shifted, and adjusts the laser write
timing.
Color registration control is made depending on the internal temperature and print
count at the execution of process control.
This control is outlined below:
1. With no toner on the Transfer Roller, the output value of Sensor, CTD (ADC) is
measured to determine the threshold value.
2. The patches for color registration control are
generated on the Transfer Roller. These 10mm K
patches are composed of 10mm lines of K, C, K
K, M, K, and Y in this order by the amount of C
four dispense counts, led by a black trigger. K
M
3. The density of patches generated by the CTD
K
(ADC) sensor is read.
Y
4. The amount of registration shift is calculated About one turn of BTR
from the threshold value determined in step 1
and the patch density measured in step 3.
5. The laser write timing is changed to
compensate for the amount of registration
shift.
S6200-052

Transfer Roller Assembly Control
Detecting the Installation of the Transfer Roller Assembly
The CTD Sensor detects the installation of the Transfer Roller when power to the
printer is turned on, or the front cover is opened and closed.
Light emits from the LED of the CTD sensor with the specified intensity and if the
output of the CTD Sensor is greater than the specified value the controller signals
installation of the Transfer Roller.
If printing is stopped by a jam, the toner image will be placed on the Transfer Roller.
The this case the sensor output result is low, causing the controller to report the
transfer roller as missing. To prevent this, the Transfer Roller is rotated a half turn if
output is lower than the specified value. If the output of the CTD sensor is greater
than the specified value, then the controller senses installation. If the output is less
than the specified value, the controller senses the transfer roller is not installed.
Detecting the Life of the Transfer Roller Assembly
The Transfer Roller Assembly consists of a bias transfer roller and a waste toner
recovery system. End of life of the Transfer Roller is detected when the toner
recovery space becomes full.
The full toner recovery space is detected by the Toner Full Sensor.
1. Timing check for a full waste toner recovery space is:
■ When the power is turned on.
■ When the front cover is opened and closed.
■ When paper exits the print engine.
2. “Transfer Roller is at End of Life” error message is received when the toner full
sensor detects the toner recovery space is full.
3. “Replace Transfer Roller ” warning message is received if the print count and the
toner dispense time are counted and the total count exceeds 15,000 prints.

Toner Control
Toner Cartridge installation is detected by the Toner Present (CTG-In) Switch, and
the presence of toner is detected by the Toner Low Sensor. These switches and
sensors are provided for each respective color (CMYK), and detection is made for
each individually.
Toner Low Sensor
The toner low sensor checks one color every 3.5 seconds, requiring 14 seconds to
detect all four colors.
The toner low sensor is attached to the Toner Cartridge Holder Assembly and detects
the presence of toner dispensed by the toner motor from the toner cartridge into the
auger tube.
The toner low sensor can make a false detection if toner has stuck to the sensors
surface. To prevent this, a film attached near the auger in the toner cartridge holder
assembly cleans the sensor surface whenever toner is dispensed. This film rotates
with the auger as toner dispenses scraping toner off the toner low sensor surface.
The toner low sensor may detect toner even if toner is not present or may not detect
the toner even if toner is present, depending on the film position when the toner motor
stops. This is avoided by the printer’s internal toner presence control.
Toner Presence Control
1. Checks toner presence when the power is turned on, or after the front cover is
opened and closed. Every 14 seconds
2. The "Toner Empty” warning is displayed when the toner low sensor detects the
toner is empty two or more times consecutively and if toner is dispensed during
the time of detection.
3. The "Replace Toner Cartridge" error is displayed when the toner dispense time
count exceeds the specified value.
4. “Reseat or Replace Toner Cartridge [C] [Y] [M] [K]” error or warning displays
when the toner is dispensed for 1.5 seconds after toner cartridge installation is
detected. At the next toner control timing, if the toner low sensor detects toner
present, the "Toner Empty Warning" and "Toner Empty Error" are reset. When
toner is dispensed and the toner low sensor detects toner present three or more
times consecutively, the controller regards this status as "toner presenct".

Fuser Control
Fuser temperature control
During fuser temperature control the printer’s target temperature is set. The heat roller
surface temperature is controlled to match the target temperature by turning the heater
lamp on/off.
The heat roller surface temperature is detected by the thermistor sensor. The logic
detects the resistance value alternately at 40ms cycles. The temperature is detected at
80ms cycles and if the detection result is high, the heater lamp is turned off. If the
detection result is low, the heater lamp is turned on.
For the target temperature, different temperatures are set for standby, printing, and
process control. The target temperature is also changed according to the inside
temperature detected with the temperature/humidity sensor, print count, print mode,
input power supply voltage and paper type.
Cool down
During printing, the temperature distribution of the heat roller becomes uneven
between paper and non-paper. To make the heat roller temperature as even as
possible, a wait time is provided and the heater lamp is kept off. This is called the cool
down.
A cool down is executed according to the number of sheets continuously printed
when a set, printing with a certain type and size of paper is completed, and when the
paper type or size is changed. The cool down occurs evenly in the middle of several
hundred sheets of continuous printing.
As a simple cool down, the Pages Per Minute Down is provided. This function idles
the fuser during printing, without feeding paper, to improve temperature distribution
on the heat roller.
The pages per minute execution timing is determined depending on the paper size and
type.

Paper Path of the Printer
: Laser beam
: Paper transfer
: Paper sensors
EXIT ROLL
MID ROLL
DUPLEX ROLL
TRANSFER ROLLER
METAL ROLL
REGISTRATION ROLL
FEED ROLL ASSY
RETARD ROLLER
TURN ROLL
TURN CHUTE ASSY (T1)
TURN ROLL ASSY (T1)
TURN CHUTE ASSY (T2)
TURN ROLL ASSY (T2)
PAPER FEED (Tray)
PAPER FEED
PAPER PICK ROLLER (T1)
PAPER PICK ROLLER (T2) TURN CHUTE ASSY (T3)
PAPER PICK ROLLER (T3) TURN ROLL ASSY (T3)
PAPER FEED ROLLER (T1)

PAPER FEED (TRAY)
PAPER FEED ROLLER (T2)
PAPER FEED ROLLER (T3) S6200-060
Paper Path of the printer, shown with the optional High-Capacity Feeder

Paper Path Route
Paper Tray 3 Paper Tray 2 Paper Tray 1

Multi-Purpose Tray
Paper feed by Paper feed by Paper feed by

Paper feed by
"Paper Pick Assy (T3)" "Paper Pick Assy (T2)" "Paper Pick Assy (T1)"
"MPT Feed Roller"
and
"Paper Feed (Retard) Roller"
Paper feed by Paper feed by Paper feed by

"Paper Feed Rollers" "Paper Feed Rollers" "Paper Feed Rollers"
(Nudge and Retard) (Nudge and Retard) (Nudge and Retard)
(Tray 3) (Tray 2) (Tray 2)
Paper transfer by
"Turn Roll"
and
Paper transfer by "Pinch Roll"
"Tray 3 Turn Roll"
and
"Tray 3 Turn Chute Assy"
Paper transfer by "Tray 2 Turn Roll"

and "Tray 2 Turn Chute Assy"
Paper transfer by the "Tray 1 Turn Roll"and "Tray 1 Turn Chute Assy"
Paper transfer by the "Chute Assembly, Registration (REGI) (Metal and Registration Rolls)
Paper transfer by the "Imaging Unit IDT2" and "Transfer Roller"
Paper transfer by the "Fuser Assembly" (Heat Roll and Fuser Belt)
Paper transfer by the "Fuser Assembly "Exit Roll" and "Pinch Roll"
Paper transfer by the "Chute Assembly, Exit" and "Chute Assembly, Out"
Print output Paper transfer to duplex path by

reversing "Exit Roll" and "Mid Roll"
Paper transfer by "Duplex Rollers"

to Print Output
S6200-059

Major Assemblies and Functions
The following section details all major components of the printer and their relative
functions. These components are broken down into the following areas based on the
configuration of the printer and the optional High-Capacity Feeder.
Frame and Drive Assemblies
2 S6200-048
1. Developer Drive Assembly: Supplies the drive to the Imaging Unit Developer.
2. Main Drive Assembly: Supplies the drive to the following parts:
■ Paper Feeder
■ Retard Housing Assembly
■ Chute Assembly, Out (MPT position)
■ Chute Assembly, Registration
■ Imaging Unit (IDT 1, IDT 2, Drum)
■ Transfer Roller

Main Drive Assembly - Transmission Route
MAIN DRIVE ASSY
GEAR IDLER IN Regi.Clutch
TURN CLUTCH ASSY GEAR IDLLER Regi.Roll
REGI CHUTE
TURN ROLL ASSY GEAR IDLLER FEED
GEAR FEED H1
GEAR FEED1
PAPER FEED ROLLER
PAPER TRAY
TURN CLUTCH MPT GEAR IDT2
TURN ROLL PAPER FEED R0LLER IDT1 (2)
RETARD HOUSING ASSY CHUTE ASSY OUT

Drum (4)
IMAGING UNIT
TRANSFER ROLLER
6200-032

Gear Layout - Print Engine and Tray 1
CHUTE ASSY OUT IMAGING UNIT
TRANSFER
ROLLER
REGISTRATION
CLUTCH
REGISTRATION
CHUTE ASSY
MAIN DRIVE ASSY
TURN CLUTCH ASSY

MPT GEAR
GEAR IDLER FEED
RETARD HOUSING ASSY TURN

CLUTCH
GEAR IDLER IN
GEAR FEED1
GEAR IDLER
GEAR FEED H1
FRONT
PAPER PICK ASSY (TRAY) 6200-037

Paper Tray 1
3
2
S6200-040
1. Paper (Retard) Feed Roller: The paper retard feed roller prevents more than
1 sheet at a time from printing. The paper feed retard roller and the paper feed
nudge roller are interchangeable parts in all trays.
2. Side Guides Right and Left: The side guides move against media to align or
register the width of print media in the paper feed direction.
3. Rear Guide: The rear guide moves to determine the length of print media in the
paper feed direction. The paper size switch uses this rear guide to detect the paper
size.

Paper Feed - Tray 1
2 3
4
1 5
6
7
8
12 9
11
10
6200-041
1. Temperature/Humidity Sensor: Detects temperature and humidity inside the

printer to adjust the charge voltage, (the voltage supplied to the transfer roller and
the developing bias).
2. No Paper Sensor: Detects print media in the tray based on the position of the
Actuator.
3. Paper Pick Rollers: When the feed solenoid energizes, the spring feed force
engages the gear feed and the gear idler feed to turn and feed the paper from the
paper tray. This activates the pick-up assembly. After completion of one turn,
determined by a cutout in the gear feed, the gear feed and the gear idler feed are
disengaged stopping the paper retard feed roller. This allows one sheet to be fed at
a time.
4. Turn Clutch Assembly: Transfers the drive energy from the main drive
assembly to the roll turn assembly.
5. Paper Size Switch: Detects print media size and installation of the paper tray.

6. Gear Feed: See Paper Pick Rollers.
7. Spring Feed: See Paper Pick Rollers.
8. Gear Idler Feed: See Paper Pick Rollers.
9. Feed Solenoid: Controls the operation (rotation/stop) of the Feed Roller
Assembly by controlling the rotations of the Gear Feed.
10.Low Paper Sensor: The actuator lowers as print media is used in the tray.
When the actuator lowers to a pre-determined postion, it blocks the sensor beam to
trigger a low paper status. The actuator position can be seen from the front of the
paper tray allowing confirmation of the print media quantity.
11.Paper Feed Roll: See paper Pick Rollers.
12.Roll Turn Assembly: The roll turn assembly receives drive energy from the
main drive through the turn clutch and transports the print media out of the paper
tray to the registration roller.
Note: Tray 1 paper pick assembly has a different part number than
the HCF tray 2 and tray 3 paper pick assembly.
High-Capacity Feeder - Trays [2] [3]

2 4
9
3
11 5
12
12
3
11 9
2
4 S6200-061

1
2
3
3 S6200-062
1. HCF Feeder Circuit Board: Controls the paper pick-up operation of each tray
based on communication with the Engine Control Board and information from the
sensors and switches.
Major Functions:
■ Communicates with the Engine Control Board.
■ Receives information transmitted from the sensors and switches.
■ Controls the Feeder Drive Assembly.
■ Controls the paper pick process.
■ Distributes the DC voltage power supplied from the print engine to each
component.
2. Feeder Drive Assembly: Supplies the drive to the tray 2 and 3.
3. Low Paper Sensor: The actuator lowers as print media is used in the tray.
When the actuator lowers to a pre-determined postion, it blocks the sensor beam to
trigger a low paper status. The actuator position can be seen from the front of the
HCF allowing confirmation of the print media quantity.

HCF Drive and Gears - Transmission Route
GEAR IDLER FEED

TURN CLUTCH
GEAR IDLER IN
GEAR FEED1
GEAR IDLER
GEAR FEED H1
LOWER FEEDER DRIVE PAPER PICK 2T

GEAR IDLER FEED
GEAR IDLER
TURN CLUTCH
GEAR FEED1
GEAR IDLER IN
GEAR FEED H1
GEAR IDLER
PAPER PICK ASSY T3
FRONT
S6200-058
LOWER FEEDER DRIVE ASSY
GEAR IDLER GEAR IDLLER
GEAR IDLLER IN GEAR IDLLER FEED
TURN CLUTCH ASSY GEAR FEED H1
TURN ROLL ASSY GEAR FEED 1
PAPER FEED ROLL ASSY
PICK UP ASSY T2
GEAR IDLER IN
TURN CLUTCH ASSY GEAR IDLLER
TURN ROLL ASSY GEAR IDLLER FEED
GEAR FEED H1
GEAR FEED1
PAPER FEED ROLL ASSY
PAPER PICK ASSY T3

S6200-057

Retard Housing Assembly
2 S6200-042
1. Roll Turn: The turn roll is rotated by the main drive assembly, through the turn
clutch to feed paper from the MPT to the registration chute, (Registration Roll -
See "Xerographics" on page 333).
2. Turn Clutch: Transfers drive energy from the main drive assembly to the roll
turn through a friction clutch.

Chute Assembly, In
2
3
1
4 S6200-043
1. CTD (ADC) Sensor: Detects the presence of the Transfer Roller and monitors
the density of toner on the surface of the transfer roller then sends it back to the
process control.
2. Fuser Assembly: See "Transfer Roller and Fuser Assembly" on page 331.
3. Toner Full Sensor: Detects when the waste toner collect space in the transfer
roller assembly is full.
4. Fuser Drive Assembly: Supplies the drive to the Fuser Assembly.

Chute Assembly, Out (Duplex)
2 3
4
8
7 5
6 S6200-007

1. Full Stack (Output Tray Full) Sensor: Detects a full output tray (over
accumulation of print media) by the position of the actuator. This is only checked
when the paper is feeding into the exit.
2. Duplex Jam Sensor: Detects when print media has reached and passed through
the duplex roll based on the position of the actuator.
3. Duplex Roll: The duplex roller rotates under drive from the duplex motor and
feeds the print media returned from the chute assembly exit to the turn roll in the
retard housing assembly.
4. Gear (Main Drive): See Roll Feed Assembly.
5. MPT Gear: See Roll Feed Assembly.
6. Feed Roll Assembly: When the MPT feed soleniod energizes, the MPT gear
and the gear idler are engaged by the force of the spring solenoid. The roll feed
rotates from the drive of the Main Drive Assembly and feeds paper from the MPT.
After rotating one turn, the MPT gear and the gear idler are disengaged, the drives
and roll feed stop, allowing one sheet of paper to be fed through at a time.
7. MPT No Paper Sensor: Actuator detects whether print media is present or not.
No paper sensor beam is intercepted.
8. MPT Feed Solenoid: Controls the operation (rotation/stop) of the Assembly,
Roll Feed by controlling the rotations of the Gear, MPT.

Chute Assembly, Exit
2 3
S6200-044
1. Duplex Motor: Supplies the drive to the exit roll, mid roll, and duplex roll.
2. Mid Roll: See Exit Roll.
3. Exit Roll: Rotates through the drive from the Duplex Motor and drives the fused
print media partially into the output tray where it then reverses in duplex mode and
feeds the print media (fused on one side) in the direction of the Registration Chute.

Duplex Motor Drive and Gear - Transmission Route
DUPLEX MOTOR ASSY
GEAR 48 GEAR 48
GEAR 40/42 GEAR 40/42
GEAR ROLL GEAR ROLL GEAR42
EXIT ROLL MID ROLL
CHUTE ASSY EXIT
GEAR 30
DUPLEX ROLL
CHUTE ASSY OUT
S6200-035
GEAR ROLL GEAR ROLL DUPLEX MOTOR ASSY
GEAR 48
GEAR 40/42
GEAR 40/42
GEAR 48
GEAR 42
CHUTE ASSY EXIT

GEAR 30
CHUTE ASSY OUT
FRONT
S6200-050

Chute Assembly Registration (REGI)
4 5 S6200-280
1. Registration Rubber Roll: Receives drive energy from the main drive
assembly through the registration clutch, transporting the paper from the paper
tray or MPT.
2. Registration Metal Roll: Works in conjuction with the rubber roller. When the
leading edge of the paper arrives at the registration rubber roll/metal roll, it
buckles the paper to correct the skew at the leading edge.
3. OHP Sensor: The OHP sensor can sense reflected light, detecting the print
media. If the OHP sensor cannot sense reflected light, it identifies the print media
as OHP (Transparency)
4. Registration Sensor: Detects the print media leading edge has reached the
Registration Chute.
5. Registration Clutch: Transmits the drive from the main drive assembly to the
registration rollers.

Transfer Roller and Fuser Assembly
2
3
1
4 S6200-045
1. Fuser Assembly: Using heat and pressure, the fuser assembly fixes the
transferred toner onto print media.
Parts of the Fuser Assembly:
Heat Roll Heat Lamp
Thermostat Temperature Sensor
Belt Unit Exit Roll Assembly
Exit Sensor CRUM
2. Exit Sensor: Detects passage of the print media after fusing.
3. Fuser Fan: Cools the fuser assembly to prevent overheating.
4. Transfer Roller: Consists of the transfer roller and a waste toner recovery
system. The transfer roller transfers the image from IDT 2 in the imaging unit onto
the print media.

Fuser Drive Assembly - Transmission Route
FUSER DRIVE ASSY
Heat Roll
Gear Exit
Exit Roll Assy
FUSER ASSY
S6200-034

Xerographics
3 S6200-046
1. Imaging Unit: The Imaging Unit carries out the operations of the printing
process, such as charging, developing, and transfer. The Imaging Unit consists of
the following parts:
Drum (Y M C K ) Developer (Y M C K )
RTC (Y M C K ) Refresher (Y M C K )
IDT 1 IDT 2
IDT 1 IDT 2 Cleaner
IDT 1 Cleaner
2. Laser Unit: The Laser Unit is an exposure unit that generates the laser beams to
form an electrostatic latent image on the surface of the drum. The Laser Unit
Assembly consists of the following parts:
LD Assembly Scanner Assembly
SOS Board Lens
Mirror Window
3. Chute Assembly Registration: See "Chute Assembly Registration (REGI)"
on page 330.

Imaging Unit Charge Voltage Contacts
1
2
4
5
6
7
8 S6200-290
Printer shown with the Imaging Unit removed
1. Charge Voltage
2. Developer Voltage
3. IDT2 Voltage
4. IDT2 Refresher/Cleaner
5. IDT1 Voltage
7. Drum Refresher/Cleaner
8. Drum Ground Contacts

1
4
7 6 5 S6200-290
Imaging Unit - Left Side View
1. IDT2
3. IDT1
5. Drum Refresher/Cleaner
6. Developer
7. Charge Roll

Toner Cartridge Assembly
5
4
3 6
2 7
8
1 9
18
10
17 11
16 12
15
14 13 S6200-047
1. Sub-High Voltage Power Supply Board: Supplies high-voltage to the

Transfer Roller and the Detack Saw for the ‘tertiary transfer’ and ‘static elimination’
part of the printing process.
2, 3, 4, 5: Toner Cartridge Present Switch ((CTG) In [Y] [M] [C] [K]):
Detects if the Toner Cartridge is installed.
6, 7, 8, 9: Toner Cartridge [Y] [M] [C] [K]: Individaul toner bottles containing
toner mixture.
10, 11, 12, 13: Toner Cartridge Holder Assembly and Toner Motors [Y]
[M] [C] [K]: The Toner Cartridge Holder Assemblies each contain a toner motor
which supplies the drive to the Agitator in the Toner Cartridges and to the Auger in
the Toner Cartridge Holder, supplying toner to the developer in the Imaging Unit.
14, 15, 16, 17: Low Toner Sensor [Y] [M] [C] [K]: Detects level of toner in each
auger tube.
18. Circuit Board, EEPROM: Consumable use (Fuser and Imaging Unit NVRAM
Data) information is stored and communicated to the Engine Control Board.

.
4 3 1 2
S6200-281
1. Agitator Assembly with film

2. Toner Motor
3. Auger Assembly
4. Auger Tube

Toner Motor Drive Assembly - Transmission Route
TONER MOTOR ASSY
GEAR IDLER1
GEAR IDLER2
GEAR AUGER GEAR AGITATOR GEAR TCRU
AUGER ASSY AGITATOR ASSY(Film)

Agitator
PIPE AUGER TONER CARTRIDGE

S6200-279
Developer Assembly Transmission Route
DEVELOPER DRIVE ASSY
Developer (Y) Developer (M) Developer (C) Developer (K)
IMAGING UNIT
S6200-033

Electrical
2
3
4
1
6
S6200-049
1. Engine Control Board: Controls printing operation based on the

communication with the image processor board and input from the sensors and
switches. Incorporates functions of the High-Voltage Power Supply.
Major Functions:
■ Communicates with the Image Processor Board.
■ Receives information from the sensors and/or switches.
■ Controls the Laser Unit.
■ Supplies high-voltage to the Imagning Unit to perform charging, development,
primary transfer and secondary transfer.

2. Image Processor Board: Receives data from the host. Interfaces with the
engine control board to produce prints.
3. Motor Driver Board: Controls motors through the signals received from the
engine control board and sends information from the sensors and switches to the
engine control board. Power from the low-voltage power supply is supplied to the
engine control board through the motor driver board. The interlock switch is
mounted on the motor driver board.
Major Functions:
■ Receives information from the sensors and switches.
■ Controls the motor in the main drive assembly, developer drive assembly, fuser
drive assembly, duplex motor assembly and the holder toner cartridge motor
assembly.
■ Distributes
the low-voltage DC power from the low-voltage power supply to
each component.
■ Controls the 24 VDC circuit through the interlock switch.
4. Rear Fan: Removes heat from the printer to prevent over-heating.

5. Low-Voltage Power Supply Board: Supplies AC power from the power
source to the Fuser Assembly heater. Generates and supplies stable low-voltage
DC power to be used for the logic circuits, etc.
6. AC Switch Harness Assembly: Consists of the main switch and harness.
Controls the supply of AC power from the power source to the low-voltage power
supply.

Plug/Jack Locator Maps
Use the table and maps in this section to locate specific plug/jack (P/J) connectors
within the printer.
To find the location of a P/J within the printer:
1. Locate the P/J connector number in the first column of the P/J Location table.
2. Locate the corresponding map and location number, such as M2-5, in the second
column.
3. With this information, go to the appropriate map (in this case, Map 2) and locate
item number 5.
Plug/Jack Locator Table

P/J Map Connected to... Other end connected to...
No.
11 3 Engine Control Board Motor Driver Board
12 3 Engine Control Board Motor Driver Board
13 3 Connects: Engine Control Board, Sub-HVPS, Fuser Harness Assembly,

Harness Assembly FRONT 1A and the CTD (ADC) Harness Assembly.
14 3 Engine Control Board Image Processor Board
15 3 Engine Control Board Laser Unit
18 3 Engine Control Board Chute Assembly Registration

(Clutch and Sensor)
19 3 Engine Control Board Retard Housing Assembly

(Turn Clutch)
21 3 Engine Control Board HCF Main Harness Assembly
22 3 Engine Control Board Front Panel Harness Assembly
23 3 Engine Control Board Low-Voltage Power Supply
24 3 Engine Control Board Temperature / Humidity Harness
26 3
30 3 Flash Write
31 3 Test-Print
32 3 Engine Control Board OHP Sensor
41 2 Motor Driver Board Engine Control Board
42 2 Motor Driver Board Engine Control Board

Plug/Jack Locator Table (cont'd.)
No.
47 2 Connects: Motor Driver Board, Paper Pick Assembly ( No Paper Sensor,
Low Paper Sensor, Solenoid Feed, Clutch Turn) and Paper Size Switch
48 2 Motor Driver Board Main Drive Assembly
49 2 Motor Driver Board Developer Drive Assembly
50 2 Connects: Motor Driver Board, Chute Assembly Exit (Duplex Motor

Assembly) and Front Cover Assembly (Fan Fuser)
51 2 Motor Driver Board Toner Cartridge Holder Assembly

(Toner Present Sensor, Low Toner
Sensor, Toner Motor)
52 2 Motor Driver Board Chute Assembly, In (Fuser Drive)
60 2 Motor Driver Board LVPS Assembly
61 2 Motor Driver Board LVPS Assembly
71 3 EEPROM Harness Assembly Plate Dispenser L Assembly
131 1 Chute Assembly, Exit Engine Control Board

(Duplex Motor Assembly)
132 1 Chute Assembly Out FRONT 1A Harness Assembly

(MPT Feed Solenoid)
133 1 Chute Assembly, Out FRONT 1A Harness Assembly

(Duplex Jam Sensor)

(Full Stack Sensor)

(MPT No Paper Sensor)
136 2 Assembly, Front In FRONT 1A Harness Assembly

(Sensor CTD (ADC) Assembly)
137 1 Front Cover (Fan Fuser) Motor Driver Board
138 3 FRONT 1A Harness Assembly Fuser Assembly
139 3 FRONT 1A Harness Assembly Chute Assembly, Out

(MPT Feed Solenoid, Duplex Jam
Sensor, Full Stack Sensor, MPT No
Paper Sensor)
140 3 Connects: Engine Control Board, CRUM Harness Assembly, Toner Full
Sensor Harness Assembly, EEPROM Circuit Board.
141 3 EEPROM Harness Assembly Chute Assembly, In

(Toner Full Sensor)
142 2 Chute Assembly In EEPROM Harness Assembly

(Toner Full Sensor)
144 3 EEPROM Circuit Board Engine Control Board

No.
145 3 EEPROM Circuit Board CRUM Harness
151 2 Laser Unit Engine Control Board
161 2 LVPS Assembly Power Cord
162 2 LVPS Assembly Fuser Assembly
163 2 LVPS Assembly Motor Driver Board
164 2 LVPS Assembly Engine Control Board
165 2 LVPS Assembly Motor Driver Board
166 2 LVPS Assembly Rear Fan
167 2 LVPS Assembly Engine Control Board
181 3 Chute Assembly, Registration Engine Control Board

(Registration Sensor)
210 2 Lower Feeder Harness Assy HCF-Plug
220 1 Front Panel OPEPANE Harness Assembly
221 3 OPEPANE Harness Assembly Front Panel
231 4 Temp/Humidity Sensor Temp/Humidity Harness Assembly
232 2 Fuser Assembly FRONT 1A Harness Assembly

311 3 Engine Control Board LVPS Assembly
321 3 OHP Sensor Engine Control Board
431 1 Holder Assembly MQ-Y Motor Driver Board

(Toner Present Sensor)
432 1 Holder Assembly MQ-M Motor Driver Board

433 1 Holder Assembly MQ-C Motor Driver Board

434 1 Holder Assembly MQ-K Motor Driver Board


(Low Toner Sensor)

(Low Toner Sensor)

(Low Toner Sensor)

(Low Toner Sensor)
471 4 Paper Size Switch Assembly Motor Driver Board

No.
472 4 No Paper Sensor Motor Driver Board
473 4 Low Paper Sensor Motor Driver Board
474 4 Feed Solenoid Motor Driver Board
475 4 Clutch Turn Assembly Motor Driver Board

(Toner Motor)

(Toner Motor)

(Toner Motor)

(Toner Motor)
710 1 Plate Dispenser L EEPROM Harness Assembly
810 4 High-Capacity Feeder Engine Control Board
1361 3 FRONT 1A Harness Assembly Chute Assembly, In

(CTD (ADC) Sensor)
2361 3 Temp/Hum Harness Assembly Temp/Humidity Sensor
5011 3 Sub-HVPS Engine Control Board
5020 3 Sub-HVPS Chute Assembly, In
5030 3 Sub-HVPS Chute Assembly, In

Map 1
S6200-264

Map 2
S6200-265

Map 3
S6200-266

Map 4
S6200-267

High-Capacity Feeder Plug/Jack
Locator Table
P/J No. Connect to... Other end connected to...

81 Circuit Board, Lower Feeder Assembly, Harness HCF-PLUG
82 Circuit Board, Lower Feeder Tray 2 Harness Assembly
83 Circuit Board, Lower Feeder Tray 3 Harness Assembly
84 Circuit Board, Lower Feeder Assembly, HCF Motor Harness
810 Assembly, Harness HCF Main Circuit Board, HCF
821 Switch, Paper Size (T2) Tray 2 Harness Assembly
822 Sensor, No Paper (T2) Tray 2 Harness Assembly
823 Sensor, Low Paper (T2) Tray 2 Harness Assembly
824 Solenoid Feed (Tray 2) Circuit Board, HCF
825 Assembly, Clutch Turn (T2) Circuit Board, HCF
831 Switch, Paper Size (T3) Tray 3 Harness Assembly
832 Sensor, No Paper (Tray 3) Tray 3 Harness Assembly
833 Sensor, Low Paper (T2) Tray 3 Harness Assembly
834 Solenoid Feed (Tray 3) Circuit Board, Lower Feeder
835 Assembly, Clutch Turn (T3) Circuit Board, Lower Feeder
8220 Assembly, Harness No Paper Circuit Board, Lower Feeder

Sensor
8220 Assembly, Harness No Paper Circuit Board, Lower Feeder

Sensor

Map 5
S6200-268

Wiring Diagrams
This section of the manual contains all the wiring diagrams for the Phaser 6200 Color
Laser Printer and the optional trays 2 and 3.
Wiring Diagrams 351

Main Wiring Diagram
6 1
AC SW HARNESS
P/J161
FUSER ASSY PL12.1.11
P/J162
PL8.1.1
ENGINE REAR FAN
P/J166
P/J232 CONTROL PL12.1.2
BOARD
PL12.1.1
MOTOR
P/J138 P/J13 DRIVER
BOARD
PL12.1.12
7 LASER ASSY LVPS PAPER SIZE SW 2
P/J151 P/J15 P/J47 P/J471
PL9.1.1 PL12.1.10 PL3.2.4
P/J163 P/J60
IMAGE UNIT No Paper Sensor
P/J710 P/J71 P/J140 P/J472
PL9.1.3 PL3.3.4
P/J165 P/J61
CRUM
Low Paper Sensor
P/J311 P/J164 P/J473
PL3.3.4
EEPROM
P/J144
PL10.1.16 FEED SOLENOID
P/J11 P/J41 P/J474
PL3.3.17
8 TONER FULL SENSOR
P/J142 P/J141 P/J12 P/J42
PL5.1.13 CLUTCH TURN ASSY
P/J475
PL3.3.18
HUM / TEMP SENSOR
P/J231 P/J2361 P/J24
PL3.2.2 MAIN DRIVE ASSY 3
P/J48
PL11.1.14
CTD SENSOR
P/J136 P/J1361 P/J13
PL5.1.11 DEVE DRIVE ASSY
P/J49
PL11.1.13
Detack Saw P/J5030 P/J5011

TRANSFER FUSER DRIVE ASSY
S-HVPS P/J52
ROLLER ASSY PL5.1.18
BTR P/J5020 PL10.1.17
PL8.1.12
DUPLEX MOTOR
P/J50 P/J131
IMAGING PL7.1.8
UNIT IDT2 P/J702
PL9.1.3
FUSER FAN
IDT2 CLEANER P/J802 P/J137
PL1.1.7
IDT1 P/J701
TONER PRESENT SW (Y) 4
P/J51 P/J431
PL10.1.18
IDT1CLEANER P/J801
9
TONER PRESENT SW (M)
RFB P/J805 P/J432
PL10.1.18
HTC P/J804
TONER PRESENT SW (C)
P/J433
PL10.1.18
DEVE Y P/J601
TONER PRESENT SW (K)

DEVE M P/J602 P/J434
PL10.1.18
DEVE C P/J603
TONER LOW SENSOR (Y)
P/J441
PL10.1.8
DEVE K P/J604
TONER LOW SENSOR (M)

P/J442
10 Dup Jam Sensor PL10.1.8
P/J133 P/J139 P/J13
PL6.1.4
TONER LOW SENSOR (C)
P/J443
Dup Jam Sensor PL10.1.8
P/J134
PL6.1.4
TONER LOW SENSOR (K)
P/J444
MPT No Paper Sensor PL10.1.8
P/J135
PL6.1.4
Toner Motor(Y) 5
P/J511
MPT FEED SOLENOID PL10.1.1
P/J132
PL6.1.40
Toner Motor(M)
P/J512
Regi Sensor PL10.1.1
P/J181 P/J18
PL9.1.8
Toner Motor(C)
P/J513
Regi Clutch PL10.1.1
11
PL9.1.7 IMAGING PROCESSOR
P/J14
BOARD PL12.1.4 Toner Motor(K)
P/J514
CLUTCH TURN(MPT) PL10.1.1
P/J19
PL4.1.9 FRONT PANEL
P/J22 P/J221 P/J220
PL1.1.1
OHP SENSOR
P/J321 P/J32
PL9.1.12
S6200-248

Power Supply
NOTE: I/L = Interlock ENGINE

CONTROL
BOARD
LVPS MOTOR DRIVER BOARD PL12.1.1
PL12.1.10 PL12.1.12 Interlock
Interlock
+24VDC
+24VDC
P/J41 P/J11
I/L Switch I/L +24VDC
P/J163 P/J60 17 24
+24VDC I/L +24VDC
1 1 18 23
I/L_OPEN
35 6
+24VDC
P/J41 P/J11
Supply RTN
P/J163 P/J60 19 22
RTN RTN
2 2 20 21
+5VDC +5VDC
P/J165 P/J61 P/J41 P/J11
+5VDC +5VDC
+5VDC 1 8 24 17
SG
Supply 2 7
+3.3VDC +3.3VDC
P/J165 P/J61 P/J41 P/J11
+3.3VDC +3.3VDC
+3.3VDC 3 6 23 18
SG SG
Supply 4 5 22 19
SG
21 20
P/J42 P/J12
SG
14 17
SG
15 16
P/J165 P/J61 P/J42 P/J12
FAN LOW
Fan 8 1 13 18
FAN STOP
Control 6 3 12 19
7 2 29 2
P/J166
REAR FAN FAIL(H)+3.3VDC
2
REAR FAN ON(H) REAR FAN
1
RTN PL12.1.2
3
P/J164 P/J311
GND_ESS
4 4
+5VDC_ESS
3 3
GND_ESS
2 2
+3.3VDC_ESS
1 1
Heater
P/J162
Control
2
1
P/J161 1 2
AC SW
S6200-249
Wiring Diagrams 353

Paper Tray 1
ENGINE MOTOR DRIVER PAPER

CONTROL BOARD SIZE SW
BOARD PL12.1.12 PL3.2.4
P/J12 P/J42 P/J47 P/J471
PL12.1.1 TRAY1 SIZE0 SWITCH ON(L)+3.3VDC
15 16 1 4
TRAY1 SIZE1 SWITCH ON(L)+3.3VDC
14 17 2 3
13 18 4 1
SG
3 2
+3.3VDC
P/J47 P/J472
PULL UP +3.3VDC
5 3
SG
P/J12 P/J42 6 2
TRAY1 NO PAPER SENSED(H)+3.3VDC
12 19 7 1
+3.3VDC No PAPER
SENSOR
PL3.3.4
P/J47 P/J473
PULL UP +3.3VDC
8 3
SG
P/J12 P/J42 9 2
TRAY1 LOW PAPER SENSED(H)+3.3VDC
11 20 10 1
LOW PAPER
Interlock
SENSOR
+24VDC
PL3.3.4
P/J47 P474 J474
I/L +24VDC
P/J12 P/J42 11 2 1
TRAY1 FEED SOL ON(L)+24VDC
10 21 12 1 2
FEED SOLENOID
Interlock (Tray1)
+24VDC PL3.3.17
P/J47 P475 J475

I/L +24VDC
P/J12 P/J42 13 2 1
TRAY1 TURN CL ON(L)+24VDC
9 22 14 1 2
TURN CLUTCH
(Tray1)
PL3.3.18
S6200-250

Drive Section
ENGINE MOTOR DRIVER

CONTROL BOARD
BOARD PL12.1.12
PL12.1.1 Interlock DEVELOPER
+24VDC DRIVE ASSY
P/J49 PL11.1.13
I/L +24VDC
1
I/L +24VDC
P/J11 P/J41 2
DEVE B DEVE_A
1 40 3
DEVE TDB DEVE_B M
2 39 Deve 4
DEVE A DEVE_XA
3 38 Motor 5
DEVE TDA Control DEVE_XB
4 37 6
DA_DEVEMOT
5 36
Interlock
MAIN DRIVE
+24VDC
ASSY
P/J48 PL11.1.14
I/L +24VDC
1
I/L +24VDC
P/J11 P/J41 2
MAIN B MAIN_A
7 34 3
MAIN TDB MAIN_B M
8 33 Main 4
MAIN A MAIN_XA
9 32 Motor 5
MAIN TDA Control MAIN_XB
10 31 6
DA_MAINMOT
11 30
Interlock
FUSER DRIVE
+24VDC
ASSY
P/J52 PL5.1.18
I/L +24VDC
1
I/L +24VDC
P/J11 P/J41 2
FSR B FSR_A
12 29 3
FSR TDB FSR_B M
13 28 Fuser 4
FSR A FSR_XA
14 27 Motor 5
FSR TDA Control FSR_XB
15 26 6
DA_FSRMOT
16 25
Interlock
DUPLEX
+24VDC
MOTOR ASSY
P/J50 J131 P131 PL7.1.8
I/L +24VDC
1 6 1
I/L +24VDC
P/J12 P/J42 2 5 2
DUP A DUP_A
5 26 3 4 3
DUP B DUP_B M
6 25 Dup 4 3 4
DUP TDA DUP_XA
7 24 Motor 5 2 5
DUP TDB Control DUP_XB
8 23 6 1 6
DA_DUPMOT
29 2
P/J12 P/J42
FAN STOP
1 30 Fan P/J50 J137 P137
FAN LOW FAN ON (H)+24VDC
30 1 Control 7 3 1
FAN FAIL (H)+3.3VDC
4 27 8 2 2
RTN
9 1 3
FUSER FAN
PL1.1.7
NOTE:
FSR = Fuser
I/L = Interlock S6200-251
Wiring Diagrams 355

Developer Section 1
ENGINE MOTOR DRIVER

CONTROL BOARD
BOARD PL12.1.12 SW TCRU_Y
P/J12 P/J42 P/J51 P/J431
PL12.1.1 ON(L)+3.3VDC
27 4 11 2
SG
12 1
TONER PRESENT
SWITCH (Y)
PL10.1.18
P/J12 P/J42 P/J51 SW TCRU_M P/J432
ON(L)+3.3VDC
26 5 13 2
SG
14 1
TONER PRESENT
SWITCH (M)
PL10.1.18
P/J12 P/J42 P/J51 SW TCRU_C P/J433
ON(L)+3.3VDC
25 6 29 2
SG
30 1
TONER PRESENT
SWITCH (C)
PL10.1.18
P/J12 P/J42 P/J51 SW TCRU_K P/J434
ON(L)+3.3VDC
28 3 31 2
SG
32 1
TONER PRESENT
SWITCH (K)
PL10.1.18
P/J441
P/J51 1
NOTNR_Y
16 2
SG
15 3
LOW TONER
SENSOR (Y)
P/J442 PL10.1.18
P/J12 P/J42 P/J51 1

NOTNR_CHK_C NOTNR_M
21 10 18 2
NOTNR_CHK_M SG
22 9 17 3
NOTNR_CHK_Y
23 8 LOW TONER
NOTNR_CHK_K Toner
24 7 SENSOR (M)
NOTNR Sensor PL10.1.18
3 28 Control P/J443
P/J51 1
NOTNR_C
34 2
SG
33 3
LOW TONER
SENSOR (C)
P/J444 PL10.1.18
P/J51 1
NOTNR_K
36 2
SG
35 3
LOW TONER
SENSOR (K)
PL10.1.18
S6200-252

Developer 2
ENGINE MOTOR DRIVER TCRU HOLDER

CONTROL BOARD ASSY (Y)
BOARD PL12.1.12 PL10.1.1
PL12.1.1 Interlock
+24VDC Toner Motor (Y)
P/J51 P/J511
I/L +24VDC
P/J11 P/J41 1 5
TMOT_Y_A TMOT_Y_A
25 16 2 4
TMOT_Y_B Toner TMOT_Y_B
26 15 3 3 M
TMOT_Y_XA Motor(Y) TMOT_Y_XA
27 14 Control 4 2
TMOT_Y_XB TMOT_Y_XB
28 13 5 1
TCRU HOLDER
ASSY (M)
PL10.1.2
Interlock
+24VDC Toner Motor (M)
P/J51 P/J512
I/L +24VDC
P/J11 P/J41 6 5
TMOT_M_A TMOT_M_A
29 12 7 4
TMOT_M_B Toner TMOT_M_B
30 11 8 3 M
TMOT_M_XA Motor(M) TMOT_M_XA
31 10 Control 9 2
TMOT_M_XB TMOT_M_XB
32 9 10 1
TCRU HOLDER
ASSY (C)
PL10.1.3
Interlock
+24VDC Toner Motor (C)
P/J51 P/J513
I/L +24VDC
P/J11 P/J41 19 5
TMOT_C_A TMOT_C_A
33 8 20 4
TMOT_C_B Toner TMOT_C_B
34 7 21 3 M
TMOT_C_XA Motor(C) TMOT_C_XA
35 6 Control 22 2
TMOT_C_XB TMOT_C_XB
36 5 23 1
TCRU HOLDER
ASSY (K)
PL10.1.4
Interlock
+24VDC Toner Motor (K)
P/J51 P/J514
I/L +24VDC
P/J11 P/J41 24 5
TMOT_K_A TMOT_K_A
37 4 25 4
TMOT_K_B Toner TMOT_K_B
38 3 26 3 M
TMOT_K_XA Motor(K) TMOT_K_XA
39 2 Control 27 2
TMOT_K_XB TMOT_K_XB
40 1 28 1
TCRU = Toner Cartridge

S6200-253
Wiring Diagrams 357

Fuser Assembly
See laser assembly. FUSER ASSY

PL8.1.1
EEPROM
P/J145 J138 P138 J232 P321 P144
EEPROM DATA
4 4 1 B1 4 NVRAM
EEPROM CLOCK
3 3 2 B2 3 EEPROM
+3.3VDC
2 2 3 B3 2
SG
1 1 4 B4 1
ENGINE
CONTROL
BOARD
PL12.1.1
+3.3VDC
P/J13 J138 P138 J232 P321 P323

PULL UP +3.3VDC
17 5 1 A5 A1 3
SG
18 4 2 A4 A2 2 Exit Sensor
EXIT PAPER SENSED(L)+3.3VDC
19 3 3 A3 A3 1
P/J13 J138 P138 J232 P321 J322

FUSER_STS
20 2 4 A2 A4 2 Temp Sensor
SG
21 1 5 A1 A5 1
MOTOR DRIVER
BOARD
P/J12 P/J42 PL12.1.12
HEATER ON
20 11
P/J61
4
LVPS Heat Element

P/J165 PL12.1.10 P/J162 J232 J325
AC N
5 2 3 3 1
Heater
Control
2 2 J324 Thermal Breaker
AC L
1 1 1 1
P/J161 1 2
AC SW
PL12.1.11
J235 J234 J233 J232 P321

1 1 1 4 4
S6200-254

Laser Unit
LASER ASSY
PL9.1.1
ENGINE CONTROL Scanner
BOARD P/J15 P/J151 P/J152 Motor
PL12.1.1 XPDATA_A_Y
20 1 1
XPDATA_B_M
19 2 2
XPDATA_C_C
18 3 3
XPDATA_D_K
17 4 Quad 4 M
MO_A_Y
16 5 Beam 5
MO_B_M Laser
15 6 6
MO_C_C Diode
14 7 7
MO_D_K
13 8
VL1_A_Y
12 9
VL1_B_M
11 10 P/J153 SOS BOARD
VL1_C_C
10 11 1
VL1_D_K
+5VDC 9 12 2
SG
8 13 3
+5VDC
Interlock 7 14
LD +5VDC
+24VDC 6 15
SOS SENSED(L) +3.3VDC
5 16
I/L +24VDC
4 17
RTN
3 18
SCANNER MOTOR ON(L)+5VDC
2 19
SG
1 20
PLATE IMAGING UNIT

DISPENSER L PL9.1.3
PL10.1.9
CRUM
P/J140 P71 J71 P/J710
LD +5VDC
1 6 1 6
CRUM DATA
+3.3VDC 2 5 2 5
CRUM CLOCK
3 4 3 4
+3.3VDC
+5VDC 4 3 4 3
SG
5 2 5 2
+5VDC
6 1 6 1
EEPROM BOARD
P/J140 P/J144 PL10.1.16
EEPROM DATA
+3.3VDC 7 4
EEPROM CLOCK
8 3
+3.3VDC See fuser assembly.
9 2
SG
10 1
S6200-255
Wiring Diagrams 359

Xerographics 1
ENGINE CONTROL
BOARD
PL12.1.1
+5VDC
P/J140 P141 J141 P/J142
+5VDC
13 1 3 1
TONER FULL SENSED(H)+3.3VDC
12 2 2 2
SG
11 3 1 3
SENSOR
TONER FULL
PL5.1.13
CTD SENSOR
(ADC) ASSY
PL5.1.11
+5VDC P/J13 P1361 J1361 P/J136
ADC VOUT
12 5 1 5
+5VDC
13 4 2 4
SG
14 3 3 3
ADC MONITOR
15 2 4 2
GLED
16 1 5 1
+5VDC
P/J24 P2361 J2361 J231
+5VDC
4 1 4 1
ENV HUMI
3 2 3 2
SG
2 3 2 3
ENV TEMP
1 4 1 4
HUM / TEMP
SENSOR
PL3.2.2
S6200-256

Xerographics 2
ENGINE
CONTROL NOTE: BTR = Transfer Roller
BOARD
PL12.1.1
Interlock S-HVPS
+24VDC PL10.1.17
P/J13 P/J5011
I/L +24VDC
22 11
AGND
23 10
3.0V_REF
24 9
SG
25 8
HV_REF_BTR_P
26 7
HV_REF_BTR_M
27 6
HV_REF_DTS
28 5
BTR_P ON(L)+24VDC
29 4
BTR_M ON(L)+24VDC
30 3
DTS ON(L)+24VDC
31 2
HV_MONI_BTR_V
32 1
P/J702
IDT2
1 1 P/J5030 1 P/J5020
P/J802
IDT2 CLEANER
1
P/J701
IDT1
1
P/J801
IDT1 CLEANER
1
P/J805
RFB
1
DTS
P/J804
HTC
1
BTR
TRANSFER
ROLLER
ASSY
P/J601
DEVE Y PL8.1.12
1
IDT1
Detack
P/J602
DEVE M Saw
1
IDT2 BTR
P/J603
DEVE C
1
IDT1
P/J604
DEVE K
1
IMAGING UNIT
PL9.1.3
S6200-257
Wiring Diagrams 361

Paper Feed
ENGINE CONTROL
BOARD NOTE: REGI = Registration
PL12.1.1
+3.3VDC
P/J13 P139 J139 P/J133

PULL UP +3.3VDC
1 11 1 3
SG
2 10 2 2
DUP JAM SENSED(L)+3.3VDC
3 9 3 1
+3.3VDC Dup Jam Sensor
PL6.1.4
P/J13 P139 J139 P/J134
PULL UP +3.3VDC
4 8 4 3
SG
5 7 5 2
FULL STACK SENSED(H)+3.3VDC
6 6 6 1
+3.3VDC Full Stack Sensor
PL6.1.4
P/J13 P139 J139 P/J135
PULL UP +3.3VDC
7 5 7 3
SG
8 4 8 2
MPT NO PAPER SENSED(H)+3.3VDC
9 3 9 1
MPT No Paper Sensor
Interlock PL6.1.4
+24VDC
P/J13 P139 J139 P132 J132
I/L +24VDC
10 2 10 2 1
MPT FEED SOL ON(L)+24VDC
11 1 11 1 2
+3.3VDC MPT FEED
SOLENOID
P/J18 P/J181 PL6.1.40
PULL UP +3.3VDC
1 3 Regi Sensor
SG
2 2 PL9.1.8
REGI PAPER SENSED(L)+3.3VDC
3 1
Interlock
+24VDC REGI CHUTE
P/J18 PL9.1.7
I/L +24VDC
4
REGI CLUTCH ON(L)+24VDC Regi Clutch
5
Interlock
+24VDC
P/J19
I/L +24VDC CLUTCH TURN
1
MPT TURN CLUTCH ON(L)+24VDC (MPT)
2
PL4.1.9
+5VDC
P/J32 P/J321
+5VDC
3 1
OHP PAPER SENSED(L)+3.3VDC OHP SENSOR ASSY
2 2
SG PL9.1.12
1 3
S6200-258

Image Processor Board
ENGINE CONTROL IMAGE PROCESSOR

BOARD BOARD
PL12.1.1 PL12.1.4
P/J14
1
60
TEST PRINT P31 FRONT PANEL
ON(L)+3.3VDC
1 PL1.1.1
SG
2
P/J22 P/J221 J2211 P220
SG
1 1 1
FP-RXD
2 2 2
SG
3 3 3
FP-TXD
4 4 4
SG
5 5 5
FP-STS
6 6 6
SG
7 7 7
FP-RST
8 8 8
+5 VDC
9 9 9
+5 VDC
10 10 10
SG
11 11 11
+3.3 VDC
12 12 12
SG
13 13 13
+3.3 VDC
14 14 14
SG
15 15 15
+3.3 VDC
16 16 16
SG
17 17 17
+3.3 VDC
18 18 18
SG
19 19 19
+3.3 VDC
20 20 20
S6200-259
Wiring Diagrams 363

High-Capacity Feeder Wiring Diagrams
ENGINE LOWER
CONTROL FEEDER
BOARD BOARD
PL12.1.1 PL14.5.1
PAPER SIZE SW (T2) 2

P/J82 P/J821
PL14.3.6
P/J21 P/J210 P/J810 P/J81

No Paper Sensor (T2)
P/J822
PL14.4.4
Low Paper Sensor (T2)

P/J823
FEEDER DRIVE ASSY PL14.5.7
P/J131 P/J84
PL14.5.5
1 FEED SOLENOID (T2)
P/J824
PL14.4.17
TURN CLUTCH ASSY (T2)

P/J825
PL14.4.18
PAPER SIZE SW (T3) 3

P/J83 P/J831
PL14.3.6
No Paper Sensor (T3)

P/J832
PL14.4.4
Low Paper Sensor (T3)

P/J833
PL14.5.7
FEED SOLENOID (T3)

P/J834
PL14.4.17
TURN CLUTCH ASSY (T3)

P/J835
PL14.4.18
S6200-260

ENGINE LOWER FEEDER
CONTROL BOARD FEEDER
BOARD PL14.5.1 DRIVE
Wiring Diagrams
PL12.1.1 Interlock ASSY
+24VDC PL14.5.5
P/J84 J131
I/L +24VDC
Drive Section
3 3
I/L +24VDC
P/J21 P210 J210 P810 J810 P/J81 4 4
FDR A FDR_A
20 A7 A7 B7 B7 7 1 1
FDR B FDR_B M
21 A6 A8 B6 B8 6 Feeder 2 2
FDR XA FDR_XA
22 A5 A9 B5 B9 5 Motor 5 5
FDR XB Control FDR_XB
23 A4 A10 B4 B10 4 6 6
DA_FDRMOT
13 B1 B13 A2 A13 14
Interlock
+24VDC
P/J21 P210 J210 P810 J810 P/J81
I/L +24VDC NOTE: I/L = Interlock
2 B12 B2 A13 A2 25
I/L +24VDC
25 A2 A12 B2 B12 2
RTN
1 B13 B1 A14 A1 26
RTN
26 A1 A13 B1 B13 1
+3.3VDC
P/J21 P210 J210 P810 J810 P/J81

+3.3VDC
3 B11 B3 A12 A3 24
SG
4 B10 B4 A11 A4 23
P/J21 P210 J210 P810 J810 P/J81

NO OPF(L)+3.3VDC
24 A3 A11 B3 B11 3
S6200-261
365
366
ENGINE LOWER FEEDER PAPER SIZE
CONTROL BOARD SW (Tray 2)
BOARD PL14.5.1 PL14.3.6
P/J21 P210 J210 P810 J810 P/J81 P/J82 P/J821
PL12.1.1 TRAY2 SIZE0 SWITCH ON(L)+3.3VDC
16 A11 A3 B11 B3 11 1 4
15 A12 A2 B12 B2 12 2 3
14 A13 A1 B13 B1 13 4 1
SG
3 2
Paper Tray 2
+3.3VDC
P/J82 J8220 P8220 P/J822

PULL UP +3.3VDC
5 3 1 3
SG
P/J21 P210 J210 P810 J810 P/J81 6 2 2 2
11 B3 B11 A4 A11 16 7 1 3 1
+3.3VDC No Paper
Sensor (T2)
PL14.4.4
P/J82 P/J823
PULL UP +3.3VDC
8 3
SG
P/J21 P210 J210 P810 J810 P/J81 9 2
9 B5 B9 A6 A9 18 10 1
Low Paper
Interlock
Sensor (T2)
+24VDC
PL14.5.7
P/J82 P824 J824
I/L +24VDC
P/J21 P210 J210 P810 J810 P/J81 11 2 1
7 B7 B7 A8 A7 20 12 1 2
FEED SOLENOID
Interlock (Tray2)
+24VDC PL14.4.17
P/J82 P825 J825

I/L +24VDC
P/J21 P210 J210 P810 J810 P/J81 13 2 1
5 B9 B5 A10 A5 22 14 1 2
TURN CLUTCH ASSY
(Tray2)
S6200-262
PL14.4.18
Phaser 6200 Color Laser Printer - Service Manual

ENGINE LOWER FEEDER PAPER SIZE
CONTROL BOARD SW (Tray 3)
BOARD PL14.5.1 PL14.3.6
PL12.1.1 P/J21 P210 J210 P810 J810 P/J81 P/J83 P/J831
19 A8 A6 B8 B6 8 1 4
Wiring Diagrams
18 A9 A5 B9 B5 9 2 3
Paper Tray 3
17 A10 A4 B10 B4 10 4 1
SG
3 2
+3.3VDC
P/J83 J8220 P8220 P/J832

PULL UP +3.3VDC
5 3 1 3
SG
P/J21 P210 J210 P810 J810 P/J81 6 2 2 2
12 B1 B12 A3 A12 15 7 1 3 1
+3.3VDC No Paper
Sensor (T3)
PL14.4.4
P/J83 P/J833
PULL UP +3.3VDC
8 3
SG
P/J21 P210 J210 P810 J810 P/J81 9 2
10 B4 B10 A5 A10 17 10 1
Low Paper
Interlock
Sensor (T3)
+24VDC
PL14.5.7
P/J83 P834 J834
I/L +24VDC
P/J21 P210 J210 P810 J810 P/J81 11 2 1
8 B6 B8 A7 A8 19 12 1 2
FEED SOLENOID
Interlock (Tray 3)
+24VDC PL14.4.17
P/J83 P835 J835

I/L +24VDC
P/J21 P210 J210 P810 J810 P/J81 13 2 1
6 B8 B6 A9 A6 21 14 1 2
TURN CLUTCH ASSY
S6200-263
(Tray 3)
PL14.4.18
367
Blank Page

6200 Service Manual Book

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

6200 Service Manual Book

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

6200 Service Manual Book

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PHASER® 6200

COLOR LASER PRINTER

First Printing: March 2002

ii Phaser 6200 Color Laser Printer - Service Manual

Note: A NOTE may indicate an operating or maintenance

Warning: Plug the three-wire power cord (with grounding prong)

■ if the power cord or plug is frayed or otherwise damaged,

■ if any liquid or foreign material is spilled into the case,

■ if the printer is exposed to any excess moisture,

■ if the printer is dropped or damaged,

■ if you suspect that the product needs servicing or repair,

■ whenever you clean the product.

iv Phaser 6200 Color Laser Printer - Service Manual

vi Phaser 6200 Color Laser Printer - Service Manual

Servicing Mechanical Components

Servicing Fuser Components

viii Phaser 6200 Color Laser Printer - Service Manual

EN 60950 (IEC 950) "Safety of Information Technology Equipment including Electrical

following the provisions of the Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 89/336/EEC

EN55022:1998 "Limits and Methods of measurement of radio interference

EN61000-3-2:1995 “Part 3: Limits - Section 2: Limits for harmonic current emissions

EN61000-3-3:1995 “Part 3: Limits - Section 3: Limitation of voltage fluctuations and

EN55024:1998 "Information technology equipment - Immunity characteristics -

CISPR 24 Immunity Basic Standard Test Specification

Radio-Frequency IEC61000-4-3:1995 80-1000 MHz, 3V/m, 80% AM @

Line Surge IEC61000-4-5:1995 Combination wave

Radio-Frequency IEC61000-4-6:1996 0.15 - 80 MHz, 3V, 80% AM @ 1kHz

Line voltage dips IEC61000-4-11:1994 >95% dip for ½ cycle @ 50 Hz

Line voltage drop-out IEC61000-4-11:1994 >95% dropout for 250 cycles @ 50 Hz

x Phaser 6200 Color Laser Printer - Service Manual

Phaser 6200 Color Laser Printer Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Error Messages and Codes 17

Service Flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

System Boot Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

Table of Contents xiii

Test Prints, Adjustments and NVRAM 109

Service Test Prints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Cleaning and Maintenance 117

Orientation of the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

FRU Parts List 253

xiv Phaser 6200 Color Laser Printer - Service Manual

Summary of the Printing Process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

Plug/Jack Locator Maps 341

Print Engine Plug/Jack Locator Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

Wiring Diagrams 351

Main Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

2 Phaser 6200 Color Laser Printer - Service Manual

Printer Memory and RAM Capabilities

2 Control Panel (Front Panel)

5 Universal Paper Tray 1

6 High-Capacity Feeder with Tray 2 and Tray 3

9 Power On/Off Switch

4 Phaser 6200 Color Laser Printer - Service Manual

3 AC Power Cord Plug

4 Image Processor Board

5 Paper Tray Rear Cover

6 Phaser 6200 Color Laser Printer - Service Manual

Customer-Replaceable Consumable (CRC) Print Life

Imaging Unit 30,000 (B50)